Prosperity Bancshares
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021 OR ☐☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission File Number 001-35388 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) TEXAS (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) Prosperity Bank Plaza 4295 San Felipe, Houston, Texas (Address of principal executive offices) 74-2331986 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 77027 (Zip Code) Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (281) 269-7199 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common stock, par value $1.00 per share Trading Symbol(s) PB Name of each exchange on which registered New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Non-accelerated Filer Large Accelerated Filer ☒ ☐ Smaller Reporting Company ☐ Emerging Growth Company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying ☐ Accelerated Filer with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2021, based on the closing price of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2021 was approximately $6.39 billion. As of February 23, 2022, the number of outstanding shares of common stock was 92,159,980. Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® 2021 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I Item 1. Business................................................................................................................................ General ............................................................................................................................ Acquisition ...................................................................................................................... COVID-19 Pandemic ...................................................................................................... Available Information ..................................................................................................... Human Capital................................................................................................................. Banking Activities........................................................................................................... Business Strategies .......................................................................................................... Competition ..................................................................................................................... Supervision and Regulation............................................................................................. Item 1A. Risk Factors.......................................................................................................................... Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments ................................................................................................ Properties.............................................................................................................................. Item 2. Legal Proceedings ................................................................................................................ Item 3. Mine Safety Disclosures....................................................................................................... Item 4. PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Item 6. Item 7. Purchases of Equity Securities ........................................................................................ [Reserved] ............................................................................................................................ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations....................................................................................................................... Overview ......................................................................................................................... Acquisition ...................................................................................................................... COVID-19 Pandemic ...................................................................................................... Critical Accounting Policies............................................................................................ Results of Operations ...................................................................................................... Financial Condition ......................................................................................................... Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .............................................. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................................................................... Item 8. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Item 9. Disclosure ....................................................................................................................... Item 9A. Controls and Procedures....................................................................................................... Item 9B. Other Information................................................................................................................. Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections ................................. PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance................................................... Executive Compensation...................................................................................................... Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters........................................................................................................ Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence...................... Principal Accountant Fees and Services .............................................................................. PART IV Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules........................................................................ Item 15. Signatures................................................................................................................................................. 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 5 6 18 32 33 33 33 34 36 37 38 39 39 40 42 48 73 73 74 74 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 78 81 ITEM 1. BUSINESS General PART I Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®, a Texas corporation (the “Company”), was formed in 1983 as a vehicle to acquire the former Allied Bank in Edna, Texas, which was chartered in 1949 as The First National Bank of Edna and is now known as Prosperity Bank. The Company is a registered financial holding company that derives substantially all of its revenues and income from the operation of its bank subsidiary, Prosperity Bank® (“Prosperity Bank®” or the “Bank”). The Bank provides a wide array of financial products and services to businesses and consumers throughout Texas and Oklahoma. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank operated 273 full service banking locations: 65 in the Houston area, including The Woodlands; 30 in the South Texas area, including Corpus Christi and Victoria; 63 in the Dallas/Fort Worth area; 22 in the East Texas area; 29 in the Central Texas area, including Austin and San Antonio; 34 in the West Texas area, including Lubbock, Midland-Odessa and Abilene; 16 in the Bryan/College Station area; 6 in the Central Oklahoma area and 8 in the Tulsa, Oklahoma area. The Company’s principal executive office is located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe in Houston, Texas and its telephone number is (281) 269-7199. The Company’s website address is www.prosperitybankusa.com. The Company’s market consists of the communities served by its banking centers. The diverse nature of the economies in each local market served by the Company provides the Company with a varied customer base and allows the Company to spread its lending risk throughout a number of different industries including professional service firms and their principals, manufacturing, tourism, recreation, petrochemicals, farming and ranching. The Company’s market areas outside of Houston, Dallas, Corpus Christi, San Antonio, Lubbock, Austin, Tulsa and Oklahoma City are dominated by either small community banks or branches of larger regional banks. Management believes that the Company, through its responsive customer service and community banking philosophy, combined with the sophistication of a larger regional bank holding company, has a competitive advantage in its market areas and excellent growth opportunities through acquisitions, new banking center locations and additional business development. Operating under a community banking philosophy, the Company seeks to develop broad customer relationships based on service and convenience while maintaining its prudent approach to lending and sound asset quality. The Company has grown through a combination of internal growth, merger and acquisition transactions and the opening of new banking centers. As a result of its stable customer relationships, the Company is able to maintain a low cost of funds. Utilizing that and employing stringent cost controls, the Company has been profitable in every year of its existence, including the periods of adverse economic conditions in Texas and Oklahoma. In addition to internal growth, the Company completed the following acquisitions within the last ten years (through December 31, 2021): Acquired Entity Acquired Bank Texas Bankers, Inc. The Bank Arlington American State Financial Corporation Community National Bank East Texas Financial Services, Inc. Coppermark Bancshares, Inc. FVNB Corp. F&M Bancorporation Inc. Tradition Bancshares, Inc. LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. Bank of Texas The Bank Arlington American State Bank Community National Bank Firstbank Coppermark Bank First Victoria National Bank The F&M Bank & Trust Company Tradition Bank LegacyTexas Bank Completion Date 2012 2012 2012 2012 2013 2013 2013 2014 2016 2019 Number of Banking Centers Acquired (1) 2 1 37 1 4 6 20 11 7 42 (1) The number of banking centers added does not include any locations of the acquired entity that were closed and consolidated with existing banking centers of the Company upon consummation of the transaction or closed after consummation of the transaction. 1 Acquisition Merger with LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc.—On November 1, 2019, LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. (“LegacyTexas”), merged into the Company and LegacyTexas Bank merged into the Bank (collectively, the “Merger”). LegacyTexas was headquartered in Plano, Texas and operated 42 locations in 19 North Texas cities in and around the Dallas-Fort Worth area. As of September 30, 2019, LegacyTexas, on a consolidated basis, reported total assets of $10.5 billion, total gross loans of $9.1 billion, total deposits of $6.5 billion and shareholders’ equity of $1.2 billion. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, the Company issued 26,228,148 shares of the Company’s common stock with a closing price of $69.02 per share on November 1, 2019 plus $318.0 million in cash, comprised of $308.6 million in cash and $9.4 million cash in taxes withheld, for all outstanding shares of LegacyTexas. This resulted in goodwill of $1.33 billion as of December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company recognized $49.9 million of core deposit intangibles during 2020. COVID-19 Pandemic The Company continues to monitor the latest developments regarding a novel strain of coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”). As of December 31, 2021, pandemic-related restrictions on all business and activities in the states of Texas and Oklahoma remained lifted. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in significant economic uncertainties that have had, and could continue to have, an adverse impact on the Company’s operating income, financial condition and cash flows. Since the implementation of the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) in 2020, the Company has obtained Small Business Administration (“SBA”) approvals on approximately 18,700 loans totaling $2.036 billion and, as of December 31, 2021, had an outstanding balance of 1,512 loans totaling $169.9 million. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company provided relief to its loan customers through loan extensions and deferrals beginning in March 2020 to selected borrowers on a case-by-case basis. The Company’s troubled debt restructurings do not include loan modifications related to COVID-19. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $29.5 million in outstanding loans subject to deferral and modification agreements. Available Information The Company’s website address is www.prosperitybankusa.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or through its website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not part of this or any other report. Human Capital The Company’s culture is defined by its corporate values of high standards of soundness, profitability, service, professionalism, integrity, and citizenship. The Company’s goal is to develop highly productive associates who will contribute to the success of the Company while making better lives for themselves and their families. The Company believes in maintaining progressive employment policies, as well as a competitive wage and benefit package. The Company considers its relations with associates to be good. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 3,704 full-time equivalent associates, 1,062 of whom were officers of the Bank. Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any collective bargaining agreement. Diversity and Inclusion. The Company is committed to fostering, cultivating and preserving a culture of diversity and inclusion. It is committed to including, integrating and serving individuals who represent different groups as defined by race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, religion, age, disability, socioeconomic and family status, 2 political affiliation, and national origin. This commitment can be seen throughout the Company, from its associates to its community outreach efforts. The Company’s associates bring a diversity of backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences that are reflective of the communities and customers the Company serves. The unique capabilities and talents that its associates invest in their work represent a significant part of not only the Company’s culture but its reputation and achievements as well. As an affirmative action employer, the Company is fully committed to the concept and practice of equal opportunity through diversity and inclusion. In 2021, its workforce, from senior officers to tellers, was 46% minority and 75% female. Through its commitment to a diverse workforce, the Company has implemented the following initiatives: • • • • • • • Creating an inclusive work environment by hiring, training, and retaining associates from diverse backgrounds. Encouraging associates to recruit new team members through our Referral Reward Program. Reaching out to organizations that assist women and minorities in job services in order to attract a more diverse group of applicants. Through its Diversity Officer, working with associates on understanding the importance of diversity and how to actively develop an inclusive work environment. Participating in a variety of activities that reflect the cultural diversity within the communities it serves. Striving to select vendors/suppliers who reflect the diversity of the communities the Company serves. Developing strategies to reach multicultural markets. Compensation and Benefits. The Company believes in maintaining progressive employment policies, as well as a competitive wage and benefit package. The Company has invested heavily in its officers and associates by recruiting talented officers in its market areas and providing them with economic incentives. The senior management team has substantial experience in the Company’s market areas and the surrounding communities in which the Company has a presence. Most banking center locations are overseen by a local president or manager with knowledge of the community and lending expertise in the specific industries found in the community. The Company operates each banking center as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to each banking center’s net interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. Banking center presidents and managers are accountable for performance in these areas and compensated accordingly. The Company offers a variety of benefits to full-time associates, including Medical Insurance, Dental Insurance, Vision Insurance, Basic Life Insurance, Voluntary Life Insurance, Spouse/Dependent Life Insurance, Short Term Disability, Long Term Disability, Worksite Supplemental Benefits, Flexible Spending Account, 401K/Profit Sharing Plan, Vacation Leave, Sick Leave and Paid Holidays. Recruiting, Training, Development and Retention. In order to provide current associates with the opportunity for advancement, the Company posts job opportunities internally for three calendar days before making them available to the public. The Company recognizes that employee training and development are business imperatives essential to employee retention and providing excellent service. Associates receive formal and informal position specific training through webinars on various regulatory compliance topics, person to person functional and product training, policy and procedure documentation, online webinars and videos. The Company has position specific required training delivered annually, and as industry or bank policy and procedure changes dictate. Associates are encouraged to explore and achieve a full range of training and development opportunities to personalize career development and to prioritize their unique needs and growth opportunities. The Company fosters an environment where associates are encouraged to reach their full potential by enhancing current skills, work toward a future role, or take steps to build new skills through hands-on learning involving common customer interaction scenarios, coaching conversations, mentor relationships, feedback, performance appraisals and working with role models. 3 The Company recognizes that associates play a valuable role in its overall success. The Company strives to keep associates motivated and focused through its commitment to diversity and inclusion, compensation and benefits, and career development. All related programs or benefits contribute to the Company’s overall productivity and performance and play a vital role in attracting and retaining associates. Business Culture. The Company’s directors and officers are important to the Company’s success and play a key role in the Company’s business development efforts by actively participating in civic and public service activities in the communities served by the Company. Banking Activities The Company, through the Bank, offers a variety of traditional loan and deposit products to its customers, which consist primarily of consumers and businesses throughout Texas and Oklahoma. At December 31, 2021, the Bank maintained approximately 785,000 separate deposit accounts including certificates of deposit and 68,000 separate loan accounts. At December 31, 2021, noninterest-bearing demand deposits were 34.9% of the Bank’s total deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s average cost of funds was 0.18% and the Company’s average cost of deposits (excluding all borrowings) was 0.18%. The Company has been an active real estate lender, with commercial real estate (including farmland and multifamily residential), 1-4 family residential (including home equity) and construction, land development and other land loans comprising 30.6%, 30.4% and 12.4%, respectively, of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2021. The Company is active in commercial and industrial lending, with commercial loans comprising 14.6% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2021. The Company also offers agricultural loans, loans for automobiles and other consumer durables, home equity loans, debit and credit cards, digital banking solutions, trust and wealth management, retail brokerage services, mortgage services and treasury management. The Company offers businesses a broad array of loan products including term loans, lines of credit and loans for working capital, business expansion and the purchase of equipment and machinery; land development and interim construction loans for builders; and owner-occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans. The Company has a Warehouse Purchase Program that allows mortgage banking company customers to close one-to-four-family real estate loans in their own name and manage their cash flow needs until the loans are sold to investors. By offering certificates of deposit, interest checking accounts, savings accounts and overdraft protection at competitive rates, the Company gives its depositors a full range of traditional deposit products. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s trust department maintained total assets of $2.4 billion, including managed assets of $2.1 billion. The trust department provides trust services in the Company’s various market areas. Business Strategies The Company’s main objective is to increase deposits and loans through internal growth, as well as through acquisition opportunities, while maintaining efficiency, individualized customer service and maximizing profitability. To achieve this objective, the Company has employed the following strategic goals: Continue Community Banking Emphasis. Although the Company has significantly grown in the last several years, it intends to continue operating as a community banking organization focused on meeting the specific needs of consumers and businesses in its market areas. The Company provides a high degree of responsiveness combined with a wide variety of banking products and services. The Company staffs its banking centers with experienced bankers who possess lending expertise to effectively serve their community and gives them authority with centralized support to make certain pricing and credit decisions, avoiding the bureaucratic structure of larger banks. Each banking center has its own listed local business telephone number. Customers are served by a local banker with decision making authority. The Company also maintains specialty commercial lending lines of business staffed by bankers with lending expertise in the various business lines—commercial middle market, energy, mortgage warehouse and insurance lending. 4 Expand Market Share Through Internal Growth and a Disciplined Acquisition Strategy. The Company intends to continue seeking opportunities, both inside and outside its existing markets, to expand either by acquiring existing banks or branches of banks or by establishing new banking centers. All of the Company’s acquisitions have been accretive to earnings within 12 months after acquisition date and generally have supplied the Company with relatively low-cost deposits which have been used to fund the Company’s lending and investing activities. However, future acquisitions, if any, may not be accretive to earnings within any particular time period. Factors used by the Company to evaluate expansion opportunities include (1) the similarity in management and operating philosophies, (2) whether the acquisition will be accretive to earnings and enhance shareholder value, (3) whether the acquisition will strategically expand the Company’s geographic footprint and (4) the opportunity to enhance the Company’s market presence in existing market areas. Increase Loan Volume and Diversify Loan Portfolio. While maintaining its prudent approach to lending, the Company has emphasized both new and existing loan products, focusing on increasing its commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and residential real estate loan portfolios. Loans at December 31, 2021, were $18.62 billion compared with $20.25 billion at December 31, 2020. Commercial and industrial loans (including PPP loans) were $2.71 billion and represented 14.6% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021. Commercial real estate loans (including multifamily residential) were $5.25 billion and represented 28.2% of the total portfolio as of December 31, 2021. One-to-four-family residential loans were $4.86 billion and represented 26.1% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021. Construction, land development and other land loans were $2.30 billion and represented 12.4% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021. Warehouse Purchase Program loans were $1.78 billion and represented 9.5% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021. Maintain Sound Asset Quality. The Company continues to maintain the sound asset quality that has been representative of its historical loan portfolio. As the Company continues to diversify and increase its lending activities and acquire loans in acquisitions, it may face higher risks of nonpayment and increased risks in the event of prolonged economic downturns. The Company intends to continue to employ the strict underwriting guidelines and comprehensive loan review process that have contributed to its low incidence of nonperforming assets and minimal charge-offs in relation to its size. Nonperforming assets were 0.15% of total loans and other real estate at December 31, 2021. Excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans, nonperforming assets were 0.17% of total loans and other real estate at December 31, 2021. All Warehouse Purchase Program loans were performing loans at December 31, 2021. Continue Focus on Efficiency. The Company plans to maintain its stringent cost control practices and policies. The Company has invested significantly in the infrastructure required to centralize many of its critical operations, such as data processing and loan and deposit processing. For its banking centers, which the Company operates as independent profit centers, the Company supplies complete support in the areas of loan review, appraisals, loan and deposit processing, internal audit, compliance and training. Management believes that this centralized infrastructure can accommodate additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize operational costs through economies of scale. Enhance Cross-Selling. The Company uses incentives and friendly competition to encourage cross-selling efforts and increase cross-selling results among its associates. Officers and associates have access to each customer’s existing and related account relationships and are better able to inform customers of additional products when customers visit or call the various banking centers or use their drive-in facilities. In addition, the Company includes product information on its web page and in monthly statements and other mailings. Competition The banking business is highly competitive, and the profitability of the Company depends principally on its ability to compete in its market areas. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based nonbank lenders and certain other nonfinancial entities, including retail stores that may maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental organizations that may offer more favorable financing than the Company. The Company believes it has been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service, technology and responsive decision-making with respect to loans, by establishing long- term customer relationships and building customer loyalty and by providing products and services designed to address the specific needs of its customers. 5 Supervision and Regulation The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of the bank holding company’s shareholders or creditors. The banking agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of laws and regulations. The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company and the Bank are subject. References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. The Company The Company is a financial holding company pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). Accordingly, the Company is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”). The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHCA and other federal laws subject financial and bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. Further, since the Company has securities registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, it is also subject to the supervision and regulation of these organizations. Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends and Repurchases. The Company is regarded as a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The principal source of the Company’s revenues is dividends received from the Bank. As described in more detail below, federal and state law places limitations on the amount that banks may pay in dividends, which the Bank must adhere to when paying dividends to the Company. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected capital needs and financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board is authorized to limit or prohibit the payment of dividends if, in the Federal Reserve Board’s opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of a bank holding company’s financial condition. Federal Reserve policy also provides that a bank holding company should inform the Federal Reserve reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the bank holding company's capital structure. In July 2019, the federal bank regulators adopted final rules that, among other things, eliminated the standalone in the Basel III Capital Rules for any repurchase of common stock. In certain prior approval requirement circumstances, the Company’s repurchases of its common stock may be subject to a prior approval or notice requirement under other regulations, policies or supervisory expectations of the Federal Reserve Board. Any redemption or repurchase of preferred stock or subordinated debt remains subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Source of Strength. Federal Reserve Board policy and federal law require a bank holding company to act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including support at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary. 6 In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be deemed to have assumed and is required to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding company to any of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured depository institution. Any claim for breach of such obligation will generally have priority over most other unsecured claims. Scope of Permissible Activities. Under the BHCA, bank holding companies generally may not acquire a direct or indirect interest in or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and may not engage in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, except that it may engage in, directly or indirectly, certain activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In approving acquisitions or the addition of activities, the Federal Reserve Board considers, among other things, whether the acquisition or the additional activities can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act eliminated the barriers to affiliations among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers and permits bank holding companies to become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. Generally, no regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding company, such as the Company, to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company’s financial holding company status depends upon it maintaining its status as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these requirements, the Federal Reserve Board may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the financial holding company and place limitations on its ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. Until the financial holding company returns to compliance, it may not acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board may require divestiture of the holding company’s depository institutions and/or its non-bank subsidiaries if the deficiencies persist. While the Federal Reserve Board is the “umbrella” regulator for financial holding companies and has the power to examine banking organizations engaged in new activities, regulation and supervision of activities which are financial in nature or determined to be incidental to such financial activities will be handled along functional lines. Accordingly, activities of subsidiaries of a financial holding company will be regulated by the agency or authorities with the most experience regulating that activity as it is conducted in a financial holding company. Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be in excess of $1.0 million for each day the activity continues. 7 Anti-Tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates. Basel III Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Company and the Bank are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards adopted by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratio calculations and also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator. The Basel III Capital Rules require the Company to maintain a capital conservation buffer of Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) of 2.5%, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (1) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of 7.0%, (2) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.5%, (3) total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of 10.5% and (4) Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”) of 4.0%. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets was 15.10%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 15.10%, total capital to risk-weighted assets was 15.45% and Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets was 9.62%. Banking institutions that fail to meet the effective minimum ratios once the capital conservation buffer is taken into account, as detailed above, will be subject to constraints on capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, and certain discretionary executive compensation. The severity of the constraints depends on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income” (that is, four quarter trailing net income, net of distributions and tax effects not reflected in net income). With respect to the Bank, the Basel III Capital Rules also revised the “prompt corrective action” regulations as discussed below under “The Bank—Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies.” In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020 the joint federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule that allows banking organizations that implement ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“CECL”) in 2020 to mitigate the effects of the CECL accounting standard in their regulatory capital for two years. This two-year delay is in addition to the three-year transition period that the agencies had already made available. The Company adopted the option provided by the interim final rule, which delayed the effects of CECL on its regulatory capital through 2021, after which the effects will be phased in over a three-year period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024. Under the interim final rule, the amount of adjustments to regulatory capital deferred until the phase-in period include both the initial impact of the Company’s adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020 and 25% of subsequent changes in the Company’s allowance for credit losses during each quarter of the two-year period ending December 31, 2021. Beginning on January 1, 2022, the cumulative amount of the transition adjustments will be phased in over a three- year transition period, with 75% recognized in 2022, 50% recognized in 2023, and 25% recognized in 2024. The Basel III Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expands the risk- weighting categories from the general risk-based capital rules to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage capital ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. Liquidity Requirements. The Basel III liquidity framework requires some banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash 8 outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. Neither the LCR rule nor the NSFR rule apply to the Company and the Bank. Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. Bank regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy. The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates. Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies. The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider, among other things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served and various competitive factors. Control Acquisitions. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such as the Company, would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the Company. In addition, a person may not acquire 25% (5% in the case of an acquiror that is a bank holding company) or more of a bank holding company’s or bank’s voting securities, or otherwise obtain control or a controlling influence over a bank holding company or bank without the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In January 2020, the Federal Reserve Board approved a final rule that clarifies the framework for when a company controls a bank holding company or bank under the BHCA. In particular, the final rule sets forth tiered presumptions of control in the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations. Under the BHCA, a company controls a bank holding company if it controls 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. A company that controls less than 5 percent of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company is presumed not to control the bank holding company. In instances in which a company owns at least 5 percent but less than 25 percent, the Federal Reserve Board considers the full facts and circumstances of the relationship between the company and the bank holding company to determine whether the company controls the bank holding company. As part of its determination as to control, the Federal Reserve Board considers, among other things, level of ownership of voting and non-voting securities, board representation, business relationships, senior management interlocks, contractual limits on major operational or policy decisions, proxies on issues, threats to dispose of securities, and management agreements. The rule also provides several additional examples of presumptions of control and noncontrol, along with various ancillary provisions such as definitions of terms used in the presumptions. The Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule under the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and sponsoring certain hedge funds and private equity funds. Since neither the Company nor the Bank engages in the types of trading or investing covered by the Volcker Rule, the Volcker Rule does not currently have any effect on the operations of the Company or the Bank. 9 The Bank The Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the DIF of the FDIC. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System; therefore, the Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking. Such supervision and regulation subject the Bank to special restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement actions and periodic examination by the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking. Because the Federal Reserve Board regulates the Company, the Federal Reserve Board also has supervisory authority which affects the Bank. Further, because the Bank has total assets of over $10 billion, the Bank is also subject to supervision and regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). The CFPB regulates the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services under the federal consumer financial laws. Equivalence to National Bank Powers. The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas- chartered bank has the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that the Texas laws and regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader range of activities than national banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) has operated to limit this authority. FDICIA provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as principal in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the DIF. In general, statutory restrictions on the activities of banks are aimed at protecting the safety and soundness of depository institutions. Financial Modernization. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a national bank may establish a financial subsidiary and engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature other than insurance underwriting as principal, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development, real estate investment, annuity issuance and merchant banking activities. To do so, a bank must be well capitalized, well managed and have a CRA rating of satisfactory or better. Subsidiary banks of a financial holding company or national banks with financial subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions, which could include divestiture of the financial- in-nature subsidiary or subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the financial holding company or the bank has a CRA rating of satisfactory or better. Although the powers of state chartered banks are not specifically addressed in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Texas-chartered banks such as the Bank, will have the same if not greater powers as national banks through the parity provision contained in the Texas Constitution. Branching. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, banks are permitted to engage in de novo interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established would permit the establishment of the branch if it were chartered by such state, subject to applicable regulatory review and approval requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act also modified certain regulatory requirements for interstate mergers and acquisitions, including that the acquiring bank must be well capitalized and well managed. Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas or any other state, subject to federal law requirements, provided that the branch is approved in advance by the Texas Department of Banking. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, including the Company, are subject to Section 23A and Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount of such transactions to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus and requires that such transactions be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries. Section 23B generally requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. 10 Loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) are subject to restrictions contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O, which apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and holding companies. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions. Restrictions on Distribution of Subsidiary Bank Dividends and Assets. Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a substantial part of the Company’s operating funds, and it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to the Company will continue to be the Company’s principal source of operating funds. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the Bank will be “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may declare a dividend payment to be unsafe and unsound even though the Bank would continue to meet its capital requirements after the dividend. The Bank is also subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under Texas law. Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the institution to its shareholders, including any depository institution holding company (such as the Company) or any shareholder or creditor thereof. Consumer Financial Protection. The Bank is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its relationship with its customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these laws’ respective state-law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict the Bank’s ability to raise interest rates and subject the Bank to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights and civil money penalties in each jurisdiction in which the Bank operates. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in the Bank’s failure to obtain any required regulatory approval for merger or other acquisition transactions the Bank may wish to pursue or its prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required. The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which has supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over depository institutions with total assets of $10 billion or greater and other providers of consumer financial products or services. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of federal consumer financial laws, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB can issue cease-and-desist orders against banks and other entities that violate federal consumer financial laws and may also institute a civil action against an entity in violation of federal consumer financial laws in order to impose a civil penalty or injunction. Customer Information Security. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines for safeguarding confidential, personal, nonpublic customer information. These guidelines require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to create, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazard to the security or integrity of such information and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bank has adopted a customer information security program to comply with these requirements. 11 Examinations. The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates state non-member banks, such as the Bank. The Texas Department of Banking also conducts examinations of Texas-chartered banks, but may accept the results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent examination. Additionally, the FDIC and Texas Department of Banking may elect to conduct a joint examination. Because the Bank has total assets of over $10 billion, the CFPB also has examination authority with respect to the Bank’s compliance with federal consumer protection laws. Capital Adequacy Requirements. The FDIC has adopted regulations establishing minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of insured institutions. The FDIC may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has previously received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk. The FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines generally require state banks to have minimum ratios of CET1 to risk- weighted assets of 4.5%, Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 6.0% and total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. The capital categories have the same definitions for the Bank as for the Company. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank’s ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets was 15.03%, Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets was 15.03% and total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 15.39%. The FDIC’s leverage guidelines require state banks to maintain Tier 1 capital of no less than 4.0% of average total assets. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets (leverage ratio) was 9.58%. Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies. The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” • • • • • A bank is “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. A bank is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher; and does not meet the criteria for a well capitalized bank. A bank is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%; a CET1 capital ratio less than 4.5%; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. A bank is “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%; a CET1 capital ratio less than 3.0%; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. A bank is “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity ratio to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. At December 31, 2021, the Bank was classified as “well-capitalized” for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations in effect as of such date. In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment. As an institution’s capital decreases, the FDIC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator. 12 Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act prohibits an insured depository institution from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless it is well capitalized or is adequately capitalized and receives a waiver from the FDIC. In December 2020, the FDIC finalized a rule that is intended to bring the brokered deposits regulations in line with modern deposit taking methods, and that may reduce the amount of deposits that would be classified as brokered. Deposit Insurance Assessments. The deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF, and the Bank must pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC for such deposit insurance protection. A depository institution’s DIF assessment is calculated by multiplying its assessment rate by the assessment base, which is defined as the average consolidated total assets less the average tangible equity of the depository institution. The initial base assessment rate is based on its capital level and CAMELS ratings, certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset related stress and funding related stress and, in some cases, additional discretionary adjustments by the FDIC to reflect additional risk factors. On June 22, 2020, the FDIC issued a final rule that mitigates the deposit insurance assessment effects of participating in the PPP, the Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (“PPPLF”) and Money Market Mutual Liquidity Fund (“MMLF”). Pursuant to the final rule, the FDIC will generally remove the effect of PPP lending in calculating an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The final rule also provides an offset to an institution's total assessment amount for the increase in its assessment base attributable to participation in the PPP and MMLF. On February 16, 2021, the FDIC adopted a final rule to address the temporary deposit insurance assessment effects resulting from the optional regulatory capital transition provisions related to the CECL implementation. The final rule removed the double counting of a portion of the CECL transition amounts in certain financial measures that are used to determine deposit insurance assessment rates for large or highly complex insured depository institutions. Interchange Fees. Under the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board adopted rules establishing standards for assessing whether the interchange fees that may be charged with respect to certain electronic debit transactions are “reasonable and proportional” to the costs incurred by issuers for processing such transactions. Interchange fees, or “swipe” fees, are charges that merchants pay to the Bank and other card-issuing banks for processing electronic payment transactions. Federal Reserve Board rules applicable to financial institutions that have assets of $10 billion or more provide that the maximum permissible interchange fee for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. An upward adjustment of no more than 1 cent to an issuer’s debit card interchange fee is allowed if the card issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve certain fraud-prevention standards. The Federal Reserve Board also has rules governing routing and exclusivity that require issuers to offer at least two unaffiliated networks for routing transactions on each debit or prepaid product. Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations. The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (1) total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (2) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential properties and loans for construction, land development and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner occupied loans are excluded from this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. 13 Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s CRA record when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act (“FIRREA”) requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a financial holding company or a bank holding company, the CRA performance records of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction. In December 2019, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) jointly proposed rules that would significantly change existing CRA regulations. The proposed rules are intended to increase bank activity in low- and moderate-income communities where there is significant need for credit, more responsible lending, greater access to banking services, and improvements to critical infrastructure. The proposals change four key areas: (i) clarifying what activities qualify for CRA credit; (ii) updating where activities count for CRA credit; (iii) providing a more transparent and objective method for measuring CRA performance; and (iv) revising CRA-related data collection, record keeping, and reporting. However, the Federal Reserve Board did not join the proposed rulemaking. In June 2020, the OCC issued its final CRA rule, effective October 1, 2020, which was later rescinded in December 2021. The FDIC has not finalized the revisions to its CRA rule. In September 2020, the Federal Reserve Board issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking that invited public comment on an approach to modernize the CRA regulations Accordingly, the Company will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes to the regulations implementing the CRA and their impact to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and/or liquidity, which cannot be predicted at this time. Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Legislation. A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The United States Treasury Department has issued, and in some cases proposed, a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. The regulations also impose specific due diligence requirements on financial institutions that maintain correspondent or private banking relationships with non-U.S. financial institutions or persons. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious financial, legal and reputational consequences for the institution and could block or substantially delay a merger or other acquisition transaction. The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (“BSA”), was enacted in January 2021. The AMLA is intended to be a comprehensive reform and modernization to U.S. bank secrecy and anti-money laundering laws. Among other things, it codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the U.S. Department of the Treasury to promulgate priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism policy; requires the development of standards for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including increasing available sanctions for certain BSA violations and expands BSA whistleblower incentives and protections. Many of the statutory provisions in the AMLA will require additional rulemakings, reports and other measures, and the impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, rulemaking and implementation guidance. In June 2021, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, issued the priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism policy required under the AMLA. The priorities include: corruption, cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, transnational crime, drug trafficking, human trafficking and proliferation financing. 14 Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation. The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (1) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (2) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious financial, legal and reputational consequences, including substantial delay or blocking of a merger or other acquisition transaction. Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, OCC and FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (1) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (2) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management and (3) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s Board of Directors. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed revised rules on incentive-based payment arrangements at specified covered institutions released in May 2016 by a number of federal agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and SEC. The proposed revised rules would establish general qualitative requirements applicable to all covered institutions, including the Company and the Bank, that have at least $1 billion in total assets, which would include (1) prohibiting incentive arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation; (2) prohibiting incentive arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks that could lead to a material financial loss; (3) establishing requirements for performance measures to appropriately balance risk and reward; (4) requiring Board of Director oversight of incentive arrangements; and (5) mandating appropriate record-keeping. Under the proposed rule, larger financial institutions with total consolidated assets of at least $50 billion would also be subject to additional requirements. The Federal Reserve Board and FDIC review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews are tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of this supervisory initiative will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. Cybersecurity. In February 2018, the SEC published interpretive guidance to assist public companies in preparing disclosures about cybersecurity risks and incidents. These SEC guidelines, and any other regulatory guidance, are in addition to notification and disclosure requirements under state and federal banking law and regulations. The federal banking regulators regularly issue new guidance and standards, and update existing guidance and standards, regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management among financial institutions. Financial institutions are expected to comply with such guidance and standards and to accordingly develop appropriate security controls and risk management processes. If the Company fails to observe such regulatory guidance or standards, the Company could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. 15 In November 2021, the federal banking agencies adopted a Final Rule, with compliance required by May 1, 2022, that requires banking organizations to notify their primary banking regulator within 36 hours of determining that a “computer-security incident” has materially disrupted or degraded, or is reasonably likely to materially disrupt or degrade, the banking organization’s ability to carry out banking operations or deliver banking products and services to a material portion of its customer base, its businesses and operations that would result in material loss, or its operations that would impact the stability of the United States. State regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs, and many states, including Texas, have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification, information security and data privacy requirements. The Company expects this trend of state-level activity in those areas to continue and are continually monitoring developments in the states in which its customers are located. Risks and exposures related to cybersecurity attacks, including litigation and enforcement risks, are expected to be elevated for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of Internet banking, mobile banking and other technology-based products and services by the Company and its customers. Legislative and Regulatory Responses to the COVID-19 Pandemic The COVID-19 pandemic continues to create extensive disruptions to the global economy, to businesses, and to the lives of individuals. There have been a number of regulatory actions intended to help mitigate the adverse economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on borrowers, including several mandates from the bank regulatory agencies, requiring financial institutions to work constructively with borrowers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. As the current pandemic is ongoing and dynamic in nature, there are many uncertainties related to COVID-19 including, among other things, its severity; the duration of the outbreak; the impact to customers, employees and vendors; the impact to the financial services and banking industry; and the impact to the economy as a whole as well as the effect of actions taken, or that may yet be taken, or inaction by governmental authorities to contain the outbreak or to mitigate its impact (both economic and health-related). In light of the uncertainties and continuing developments, the ultimate adverse impact of COVID-19 cannot be reliably estimated at this time. The longer-term potential impact on the Company’s business could depend to a large extent on future developments and actions taken by regulatory authorities and other entities to contain COVID-19 and its economic impact. Furthermore, the sustainability of the economic recovery observed in 2021 remains unclear and significant volatility could continue for a prolonged period as the potential exists for additional variants of COVID-19, including the recent Omicron variant, to impede the global economic recovery and exacerbate geographic differences in the spread of, and response to, COVID-19. The CARES Act, which was enacted on March 27, 2020, was intended to provide relief in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. Several provisions within the CARES Act led to action from the bank regulatory agencies and other provisions within the legislation that directly impacted financial institutions. These regulatory and legislative actions may be expanded, extended and amended as the pandemic and its economic impact continue. The bank regulatory agencies have encouraged financial institutions to report accurate information to credit bureaus regarding relief provided to borrowers and have urged the importance of financial institutions to continue assisting those borrowers impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Also, on April 3, 2020, the bank regulatory agencies issued a joint policy statement to facilitate mortgage servicers’ ability to place consumers in short-term payment forbearance programs. This policy statement was followed by a final rule, on June 23, 2020, that makes it easier for consumers to transition out of financial hardship caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Also, on September 29, 2020, the bank regulatory agencies issued a rule that deferred appraisal and evaluation requirements after the closing of certain residential and commercial real estate transactions through December 31, 2020. Further, on December 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act of 2021 was signed into law, which also contains provisions that could directly impact financial institutions. 16 The PPP, originally established under the CARES Act and extended under the CAA, authorizes financial institutions to make federally-guaranteed loans to qualifying small businesses and non-profit organizations as described under the section captioned “COVID-19 Pandemic” above. Also, the Federal Reserve, in cooperation with the Department of the Treasury, has established many financing and liquidity programs. The MSLP is intended to keep credit flowing to small and mid-sized businesses that were in sound financial condition before the COVID-19 pandemic but now need financing to maintain operations. The PPPLF supplies liquidity to PPP participating financial institutions through term financing backed by PPP loans and the MMLF is intended to assist money market funds in meeting demands for redemptions by households and other investors, enhancing overall market functioning and credit provision to the broader economy. Further, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued several interim final rules throughout the course of 2020 to neutralize the regulatory capital and liquidity effects for banks that participate in the Federal Reserve liquidity facilities. The interim final rule issued on April 9, 2020, clarifies that a zero percent risk weight applies to loans covered by the PPP for capital purposes and the interim final rule issued on May 15, 2020, permits depository institutions to choose to exclude U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks from the calculation of the supplementary leverage ratio. These interim final rules were finalized on September 29, 2020. Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Effect on Economic Environment The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits; and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted. 17 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS An investment in the Company’s common stock involves risks. The following is a description of the material risks and uncertainties that the Company believes affect its business and an investment in the common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties that the Company is unaware of, or that it currently deems immaterial, also may become important factors that affect the Company and its business. If any of the risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were to occur, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the common stock could decline significantly and all or part of an investment could be lost. Risks Associated with the Company’s Business Interest Rate Risks The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk, and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. The majority of the Company’s assets are monetary in nature, and, as a result, the Company is subject to significant risk from changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can impact the Company’s net interest income as well as the valuation of its assets and liabilities. The Company’s earnings are significantly dependent on its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions, inflationary trends, changes in government spending and debt issuances and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Open Market Committee. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence the interest the Company receives on loans and securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, and could also affect (1) the Company’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (2) the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities and (3) the average duration of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings also could be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments decrease more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. Further, the Company’s assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in overall market rates or conditions because there may be mismatches between the repricing or maturity characteristics of the assets and liabilities. Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate. The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority and the administrator of LIBOR have announced that the publication of the most commonly used U.S. dollar London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) settings will cease to be published or cease to be representative after June 30, 2023. The publication of all other LIBOR settings ceased to be published as of December 31, 2021. Given consumer protection, litigation, and reputation risks, the bank regulatory agencies have indicated that entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate after December 31, 2021, would create safety and soundness risks and that they will examine bank practices accordingly. Therefore, the agencies encouraged banks to cease entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate as soon as practicable and in any event by December 31, 2021. The Company discontinued originating LIBOR-based loans effective December 31, 2021 and will negotiate loans after that date using the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or BSBY, a benchmark developed by Bloomberg Index Services. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $2.1 billion of the Company’s outstanding loans, and, in addition, certain derivative contracts, borrowings and other financial instruments have attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR has resulted in and could continue to result in added costs and employee efforts and could present additional risk. The Company is subject to litigation and reputational risks if it is unable to renegotiate and amend existing contracts with counterparties that are dependent on LIBOR, including contracts that do not have fallback language. The timing and manner in which each customer’s contract transitions to 18 a replacement rate will vary on a case-by-case basis. There continues to be substantial uncertainty as to the ultimate effects of the LIBOR transition, including with respect to the acceptance and use of SOFR, BSBY and other benchmark rates. Since any replacement rate will be calculated differently, payments under contracts referencing new rates will differ from those referencing LIBOR, which may lead to increased volatility as compared to LIBOR. The transition has impacted the Company’s market risk profiles and required changes to its risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies. Furthermore, failure to adequately manage this transition process with the Company’s customers could adversely impact its reputation. Although the Company is currently unable to assess what the ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR will be, failure to adequately manage the transition could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. Credit and Lending Risks The Company’s business depends on its ability to successfully manage credit risk. The Company’s business depends on its ability to successfully measure and manage credit risk. As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that the principal of, or interest on, a loan will not be repaid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting a loan will be insufficient to cover the Company’s outstanding exposure. In addition, the Company is exposed to risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, and risks inherent in dealing with individual loans and borrowers. The creditworthiness of a borrower is affected by many factors including local market conditions and general economic conditions. If the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, or the Company’s market areas, specifically, experiences material disruption, the Company’s borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, the collateral the Company holds may decrease in value or become illiquid, and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require significant additional provisions for credit losses. Additional factors related to the credit quality of commercial loans include the quality of the management of the business and the borrower’s ability to properly evaluate changes in the supply and demand characteristics affecting their market for products and services, to evaluate regulatory changes affecting their products and services, such as climate change regulation, and to effectively respond to those changes. Additional factors related to the credit quality of commercial real estate loans include tenant vacancy rates and the quality of management of the property. The Company’s risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of the Company’s loans within specific industries and the Company’s credit approval, review and administrative practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and the Company’s credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan portfolio. Many of the Company’s loans are made to businesses that are less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. Consequently, the Company may have significant exposure if any of these borrowers becomes unable to pay their loan obligations as a result of economic or market conditions, or personal circumstances, such as divorce or death. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with the Company’s loan portfolio may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional charge-offs, and may necessitate that the Company significantly increase its allowance for credit losses, each of which could adversely affect the Company’s net income. As a result, the Company’s inability to successfully manage credit risk could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover actual credit losses, which could adversely affect its earnings. As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that its loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of these loans and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to fully compensate the Company for the outstanding balance of the loan plus the costs to dispose of the collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses in an attempt to cover estimated losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Additional credit losses could occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than the Company has experienced to date. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Company to make significant estimates of current credit risks, future trends and general economic conditions, all of which may undergo material changes. If the Company’s assumptions prove to be incorrect or if it experiences significant credit losses in future periods, its current allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual credit losses and 19 adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in its loan portfolio. A material addition to the allowance could cause net income, and possibly capital, to decrease. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses and may require the Company to increase its provision for credit losses or recognize further charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of the Company’s management. An increase in the Company’s allowance for credit losses or charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and financial condition. The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s accounting standard, ASU 2016-13, which established allowances for credit losses became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. This methodology, known as CECL, reflects the expected credit losses over the lives of financial assets starting when such assets are first acquired. Under this methodology, credit losses are measured based on past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of financial assets. The standard resulted in an increase to allowance and required the application of the revised methodology to existing financial assets through a one-time adjustment to retained earnings. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 1—Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies—New Accounting Pronouncements” for additional information about the standard. The Company’s profitability depends significantly on local economic conditions. The Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the primary markets in Texas and Oklahoma in which it operates and where its loans are concentrated. The local economic conditions in Texas and Oklahoma have a significant impact on the Company’s commercial, real estate and construction, land development and other land loans; the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans; and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Accordingly, if the population or income growth in the Company’s market areas is slower than projected, income levels, deposits and housing starts could be adversely affected and could result in a reduction of the Company’s expansion, growth and profitability. In addition, due to the large number of oil and gas companies in the Company’s market areas, the volatility in oil prices may negatively impact economic conditions in these areas. If the Company’s market areas experience a downturn or a recession for a prolonged period of time, the Company could experience significant increases in nonperforming loans, which could lead to operating losses, impaired liquidity and eroding capital. A significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, an increase or decline in commodity prices, recession, weather extremes, acts of terrorism, outbreaks of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company’s dependence on loans secured by real estate subjects it to risks relating to fluctuations in the real estate market that could adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Approximately 73.4% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2021 consisted of loans included in the real estate loan portfolio, with 30.6% in commercial real estate (including farmland and multifamily residential), 30.4% in residential real estate (including home equity) and 12.4% in construction, land development and other land loans. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. A weakening of the real estate market in the Company’s primary market areas could have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real estate and other collateral securing the loans and the value of real estate owned by the Company. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that the Company would be required to increase its allowance for credit losses, which could adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company’s commercial real estate and commercial loans expose it to increased credit risks, and these risks will increase if the Company succeeds in increasing these types of loans. The Company, while maintaining its conservative approach to lending, has emphasized both new and existing loan products, focusing on managing its commercial real estate (including farmland and multifamily residential) and commercial loan portfolios, and intends to continue to increase its lending activities and acquire loans in possible 20 future acquisitions. As a result, commercial real estate and commercial loans as a proportion of its portfolio could increase. As of December 31, 2021, commercial real estate (including farmland and multifamily residential) and commercial loans totaled $8.41 billion. In general, commercial real estate loans and commercial loans yield higher returns and often generate a deposit relationship, but also pose greater credit risks than do owner-occupied residential real estate loans. These types of loans are also typically larger than residential real estate loans. Accordingly, the deterioration of one or several of these loans could cause a significant increase in nonperforming loans, which could result in a loss of earnings from these loans and an increase in the provision for credit losses and net charge-offs. The Company makes both secured and some unsecured commercial loans. Unsecured loans generally involve a higher degree of risk of loss than do secured loans because, without collateral, repayment is wholly dependent upon the success of the borrowers’ businesses. Secured commercial loans are generally collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and include a personal guaranty of the business owner. Compared to real estate, that type of collateral is more difficult to monitor, its value is harder to ascertain, it may depreciate more rapidly and it may not be as readily saleable if repossessed. Further, commercial loans generally will be serviced primarily from the operation of the business, which may not be successful, while commercial real estate loans generally will be serviced from income on the properties securing the loans. As the Company’s various commercial loan portfolios increase, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans will also increase. The Company may be adversely affected by weaknesses in the commercial real estate market. As of December 31, 2021, commercial real estate loans (including multifamily residential) comprised approximately 28.2% of the Company’s loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than residential real estate loans because they typically have larger balances and are more affected by adverse conditions in the economy. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate often depend upon the successful operation and management of the properties and the businesses which operate from within them, repayment of such loans may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, such as adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy or changes in government regulations. Commercial real estate markets have been impacted by the economic disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has also been a catalyst for the evolution of various remote work options which could impact the long-term performance of some types of office properties within the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio. A failure by the Company to have adequate risk management policies, procedures and controls could adversely affect the Company’s ability to increase this portfolio going forward and could result in an increased rate of delinquencies in, and increased losses from, this portfolio, which, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s Warehouse Purchase Program balances can fluctuate widely. Because Warehouse Purchase Program balances are contingent upon residential mortgage lending activity, changes in the residential real estate market nationwide can lead to wide fluctuations of balances in this product, materially impacting both interest and non-interest income. Additionally, Warehouse Purchase Program period-end balances are generally higher than the average balance during the period due to increased mortgage activity that occurs at the end of a month, which can significantly impact the Company’s reported capital ratios. 21 The Company’s loan portfolio, and specifically its energy lending portfolio, could be impacted by declines in the prices of oil and natural gas, as well as other factors. Loans to oil and gas production and service companies, which are reported as commercial and industrial loans, totaling $27.9 million) at December 31, totaled $491.3 million (net of discount and excluding PPP loans 2021, representing approximately 2.9% of total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans. As a result, the factors that impact the energy sector may have a greater effect on the Company than on more broadly diversified financial institutions. Companies with exposure to the energy sector, whether directly or indirectly, are subject to volatile fluctuations in price and supply of oil and gas. Many factors affect the supply of and demand for crude oil and natural gas and, therefore, influence prices of these commodities, including: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • domestic and foreign supply of oil and natural gas, including increased availability of non-traditional energy resources such as shale oil and gas; prices, and expectations about future prices, of oil and natural gas; domestic and worldwide economic conditions, and the resulting global demand for oil and natural gas; the price and quantity of imports of foreign oil and natural gas including the ability of OPEC to set and maintain production levels for oil, and decisions by OPEC and non-OPEC producers to change production levels; sanctions imposed by the U.S., the European Union, or other governments against oil producing countries; the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas; the level of excess production capacity, available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity; lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel; the expected rates of decline in production from existing and prospective wells; the discovery rates of new oil and gas reserves; federal, state and local regulation of exploration and drilling activities and oil and gas exports, including climate change regulation; legislative and regulatory interest within, federal, state and local governments to stop, significantly limit or regulate hydraulic fracturing (fracking) activities; weather conditions, including hurricanes, that can affect oil and natural gas operations over a wide area and severe winter weather that can interfere with oil and gas development and production operations; political instability and social unrest in oil and natural gas producing countries; advances in exploration, development and production technologies or in technologies affecting energy consumption (such as fracking); the price and availability of alternative fuel and energy sources; uncertainty in capital and commodities markets; and changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other major global currencies. Further, the economy in Texas as a whole could be negatively impacted if there are a high number of jobs lost related to a decline in oil production in the state, or if the impact of lower oil prices negatively affects other industries. A decline in the Texas economy related to oil production decline could impact the Company’s loan portfolios outside of the energy portfolio, if borrowers experience unemployment or loss of income and are unable to make payments on their loans. 22 The Company is subject to losses resulting from fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, correspondents or other third parties. The Company relies heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in deciding which loans the Company will originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which the Company relies is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to asset funding, the value of the asset may be significantly lower than expected, or the Company may fund a loan that it would not have funded or on terms it would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, the Company generally bears the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations are often difficult to locate, and it is often difficult to recover any of the monetary losses the Company may suffer. The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities. A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans, and there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability. Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Liquidity Risks Liquidity risk could impair the Company’s ability to fund operations and jeopardize its financial condition. Liquidity is essential to the Company’s business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on its liquidity. The Company’s access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance its activities or on terms which are acceptable to it could be impaired by factors that affect the Company specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact the Company’s access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of its business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which its loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against it. The Company’s ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to it, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets. The Company relies on customer deposits as a significant source of funding, and its deposits may decrease in the future. The Company relies on customer deposits as a significant source of funding. Competition among U.S. banks for customer deposits is intense, and may increase the cost of deposits or prevent new deposits, and may otherwise negatively affect the Company’s ability to grow its deposit base. The Company’s deposit accounts may decrease in the future, and any such decrease could have an adverse impact on its sources of funding, which impact could be material. Any changes the Company makes to the rates offered on its deposit products to remain competitive with other financial institutions may adversely affect its profitability and liquidity. The demand for the deposit products the Company offers may also be reduced due to a variety of factors such as demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products or the availability of competing products. 23 The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed on acceptable terms or at all. The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide it with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet regulatory capital requirements or its commitments and business needs. In addition, the Company may elect to raise additional capital to support its business or to finance acquisitions, if any. If needed, the Company’s ability to raise additional capital will depend on many things, including conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside its control, and its financial performance. Such capital may not be available to the Company on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit the Company’s access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of investors, depositors of the Bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets, may adversely affect the Company’s capital costs and its ability to raise capital and, in turn, its liquidity. Moreover, if the Company needs to raise capital in the future, it may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Strategic Risks If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to maintain its historical earnings trends. To achieve its past levels of growth, the Company has focused on both internal growth and acquisitions. The Company may not be able to sustain its historical rate of growth or may not be able to grow at all. More specifically, the Company may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to fund additional growth and may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates. Various factors, such as economic conditions, competition and heightened regulatory scrutiny, may impede or prohibit the opening of new banking centers and the completion of acquisitions. Further, the Company may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could adversely affect its internal growth. If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to maintain its historical earnings trends. If the Company is unable to manage its growth effectively, its operations and profitability could be negatively affected. The Company faces a variety of risks and difficulties pursuing its growth strategy, including: • • • • • • • • finding suitable markets for expansion; finding suitable candidates for acquisition; attracting funding to support additional growth; maintaining asset quality; attracting and retaining qualified management; managing execution risks; maintaining adequate regulatory capital; and scaling technology platforms. In addition, in order to manage its growth and maintain adequate information and reporting systems within its organization, the Company must identify, hire and retain additional qualified associates, particularly in the accounting and operational areas of its business. If the Company does not manage its growth effectively, its business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be negatively affected, and the Company may not be able to continue to implement its business strategy and successfully conduct its operations. 24 If the Company is unable to identify and acquire other financial institutions and successfully integrate its acquired businesses, its business and earnings may be negatively affected. The market for acquisitions remains highly competitive, and the Company may be unable to find acquisition candidates in the future that fit its acquisition and growth strategy. To the extent that the Company is unable to find suitable acquisition candidates, an important component of its growth strategy may be lost. Acquisitions of financial institutions involve operational risks and uncertainties and acquired companies may have unforeseen liabilities, exposure to asset quality problems, key employee and customer retention problems and other problems that could negatively affect the Company’s organization. The Company may not be able to complete future acquisitions; and, if completed, the Company may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities that it acquires and eliminate redundancies. The integration process could result in the loss of key employees or disruption of the combined entity’s ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the transaction. The integration process may also require significant time and attention from the Company’s management that they would otherwise direct at servicing existing business and developing new business. The Company’s inability to find suitable acquisition candidates or failure to successfully integrate the entities it acquires into its existing operations may increase its operating costs significantly and adversely affect its business and earnings. Acquisitions may also result in potential dilution to existing shareholders of the Company’s earnings per share if the Company issues common stock in connection with an acquisition. Acquisitions may be delayed, impeded, or prohibited due to regulatory issues. Acquisitions by financial institutions are subject to approval by a variety of federal and state regulatory agencies. The process for obtaining these required regulatory approvals has become substantially more difficult in recent years and may become even more challenging following the review of the merger application process by the federal banking agencies and potentially the CFPB and the review of the competitive effects process by the Department of Justice. Regulatory approvals could be delayed, impeded, restrictively conditioned or denied due to existing or new regulatory issues the Company has, or may have, with regulatory agencies, including, without limitation, issues related to Bank Secrecy Act compliance, Community Reinvestment Act issues, fair lending laws, fair housing laws, consumer protection laws, unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices regulations and other similar laws and regulations. The Company may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively significant acquisition opportunities as a result of its inability, or perceived or anticipated inability, to obtain regulatory approvals in a timely manner, under reasonable conditions or at all. Difficulties associated with potential acquisitions that may result from these factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. If the goodwill that the Company recorded in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to earnings. Goodwill represents the amount by which the acquisition cost exceeds the fair value of net assets the Company acquired in the purchase of another financial institution. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset might be impaired. The Company determines impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in the Company’s results of operations in the periods in which they become known. At December 31, 2021, the Company’s goodwill totaled $3.23 billion. Although the Company has not recorded any such impairment charges since it initially recorded the goodwill, the Company’s future evaluations of goodwill could result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. 25 Operational Risks The Company’s accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models and tools that may prove to be inaccurate. The processes the Company uses to estimate its expected credit losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, depend upon the use of analytical and forecasting models and tools. These models and tools reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are accurate, the models and tools may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. Any such failure in the Company’s analytical or forecasting models and tools could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. An interruption in or breach in security of the Company’s information systems may result in a loss of customer business and have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems, whether caused by physical damage, hackers, viruses or other malware, could jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through the Company’s computer systems and network infrastructure as well as result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposits, servicing or loan origination systems. While the Company maintains specific “cyber” insurance coverage, which the Company expects would apply in the event of various breach scenarios, the amount of coverage may not be adequate in any particular case. In addition, cyber threat scenarios are inherently difficult to predict and can take many forms, some of which may not be covered under the Company’s cyber insurance coverage. Although the Company, with the help of third-party service providers, has and intends to continue to implement security technology and operational procedures to prevent such damage, these security measures may not entirely mitigate these risks. In addition, increases in cyber threats and the sophistication of bad actors, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms the Company and its third-party service providers use to protect client transaction data. Although the Company makes significant efforts to maintain the security and integrity of its information systems and has implemented various measures to manage the risks of a security breach or disruption, there can be no assurance that the Company’s security efforts and measures will be effective or that attempted security breaches or disruptions would not be successful or damaging. The occurrence of any such failures, interruptions or security breaches could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. The Company is subject to certain risks in connection with its use of technology. The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The Company’s future success depends in part upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in its operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers, which may negatively affect the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Further, as technology advances, the ability to initiate transactions and access data has become more widely distributed among mobile devices, personal computers, automated teller machines, remote deposit capture sites and similar access points. These technological advances increase cybersecurity risk. While the Company maintains programs intended to prevent or limit the effects of cybersecurity risk, there is no assurance that unauthorized transactions or unauthorized access to customer information will not occur. The financial, reputational and regulatory impact of unauthorized transactions or unauthorized access to customer information could be significant. 26 The Company’s operations rely on external vendors, which may fail to provide adequate services. The Company relies on certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain its day- to-day operations. These third parties provide key components of the Company’s business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections and network access. While the Company has selected these third-party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any complications caused by these third parties, including those resulting from disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, cyber-attacks and security breaches at a vendor, failure of a vendor to provide services for any reason or poor performance of services could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business. Financial or operational difficulties of a third-party vendor could also hurt the Company’s operations if those difficulties interfere with the vendor’s ability to provide services. Furthermore, the Company’s vendors could also be sources of operational and information security risk, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints, and reputational risk. Replacing these third-party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. Problems caused by external vendors could be disruptive to the Company’s operations, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s business may be adversely affected by consolidations of technology vendors. The Company relies on certain external vendors for core products and services. Consolidations among core vendors may have the effect of decreasing price competition that may lead to higher vendor costs and may also increase systemic risk from vendors that could affect the Company’s operations. The Company’s business may be adversely affected by security breaches at third parties. The Company’s customers interact with their own and other third-party systems, which pose operational risks to the Company. The Company may be adversely affected by data breaches at retailers and other third parties who maintain data relating to the Company’s customers that involve the theft of customer data, including the theft of customers’ debit card, credit card, wire transfer and other identifying and/or access information used to make purchases or payments at such retailers and to other third parties. Despite third-party security risks that are beyond the Company’s control, the Company offers its customers protection against fraud and attendant losses for unauthorized use of debit and credit cards in order to stay competitive in the marketplace. Offering such protection to customers exposes the Company to significant expenses and potential losses related to reimbursing the Company’s customers for fraud losses, reissuing the compromised cards and increased monitoring for suspicious activity. In the event of a data breach at one or more retailers of considerable magnitude, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. The Company’s risk management framework may not be effective in identifying, managing or mitigating risks and/or losses to it. The Company has implemented a risk management framework to identify and manage its risk exposure, which is reviewed and overseen by the Company’s Risk Committee. This framework consists of various processes, systems and strategies, and is designed to manage the types of risk to which the Company is subject, including, among others, credit, market, liquidity, operational, financial, interest rate, legal and regulatory, compliance, strategic, reputation, fiduciary and general economic risks. The Company’s framework also includes financial or other modeling methodologies, which involves management assumptions and judgment. In addition, under this framework, the Company has developed a risk appetite statement to detail its risk tolerance levels at an enterprise-wide level. This risk management framework may not be effective under all circumstances, and it may not adequately identify, manage or mitigate all or any risk or loss to the Company. If this framework is not effective, the Company may be subject to potentially adverse regulatory consequences and could suffer unexpected losses and its financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 27 General Risks Negative publicity could damage the Company’s reputation and business. Reputation risk, or the risk to earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in the Company’s business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect the Company’s ability to keep and attract customers and expose it to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result from the Company’s actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct. Negative public opinion could also result from adverse news or publicity that impairs the reputation of the financial services industry generally. Failure to compete effectively for customers could adversely affect the Company’s growth and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. These competitors primarily include national, regional, and community banks within the various markets where the Company operates. The Company also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Also, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services functionally equivalent to those provided by banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Further, many of the Company’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than the Company can. Failure to compete effectively for deposit, loan and other banking customers in the Company’s market areas could adversely affect the Company’s growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. New lines of business or new products and services may subject the Company to additional risks. From time to time, the Company may implement or acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. 28 Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision. The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not the Company’s shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on the Company, the Bank and their respective operations. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes in light of the performance of and government intervention in the financial services sector during the several years prior to the implementation of such Act. Additional legislation and regulations or regulatory policies and other changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could significantly affect the Company’s powers, authority and operations, or the powers, authority and operations of the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. Further, regulators have significant discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. Government authorities, including the bank regulatory agencies, are pursuing aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures. The exercise of this regulatory discretion and power could have a negative impact on the Company. Further, failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage. In some instances, directives issued to enforce such actions may be confidential and thus, in those instances, the Company would not be permitted to publicly disclose these actions. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is subject to claims and litigation pertaining to intellectual property. Banking and other financial services companies, such as the Company, rely on technology companies to provide information technology products and services necessary to support their day-to-day operations. Technology companies frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, patent holding companies seek to monetize patents they have purchased or otherwise obtained. Competitors of the Company’s vendors, or other individuals or companies, have from time to time claimed to hold intellectual property sold to the Company by its vendors. Such claims may increase in the future as the financial services sector becomes more reliant on information technology vendors. The plaintiffs in these actions frequently seek injunctions and substantial damages. Regardless of the scope or validity of such patents or other intellectual property rights, or the merits of any claims by potential or actual litigants, the Company may have to engage in protracted litigation. Such litigation is often expensive, time-consuming, disruptive to the Company’s operations and distracting to management. If the Company were found to have infringed one or more patents or other intellectual property rights, it may be required to pay substantial damages or royalties to a third-party. In certain cases, the Company may consider entering into licensing agreements for disputed intellectual property, although no assurance can be given that such licenses can be obtained on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur. These licenses may also significantly increase the Company’s operating expenses. If legal matters related to intellectual property claims were resolved against the Company or settled, the Company could be required to make payments in amounts that could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility. From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company, they may result in significant financial liability, adversely affect the market perception of 29 the Company and its products and services and/or impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Environmental, Social and Governance Risks Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to the Company’s environmental, social and governance practices may impose additional costs on the Company or expose it to new or additional risks. Companies are facing increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices and disclosure. Investor advocacy groups, investment funds and influential investors are also increasingly focused on these practices, especially as they relate to the environment, health and safety, diversity, labor conditions and human rights. Increased ESG related compliance costs could result in increases to the Company’s overall operational costs. Failure to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could negatively impact the Company’s reputation, ability to do business with certain partners, and its stock price. New government regulations could also result in new or more stringent forms of ESG oversight and expanding mandatory and voluntary reporting, diligence, and disclosure. Climate change manifesting as physical or transitions risks could adversely affect the Company’s operations, business, and customers. Concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and will continue to lead to governmental efforts around the world to mitigate those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may change their behavior on their own as a result of these concerns. The Company and its customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change concerns. The Company and its customers may face cost increases, asset value reductions, and operating process changes, among other impacts. The impact on the Company’s customers will likely vary depending on their specific attributes, including reliance on or role in carbon intensive activities. In addition, the Company could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. The Company’s efforts to take these risks into account in making lending and other decisions may not be effective in protecting the Company from the negative impact of new laws and regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior. COVID-19 Risks The COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect the Company and its customers, associates and third-party service providers, and the adverse impacts on the Company’s business, financial position, operations and prospects could be significant. The spread of COVID-19 has created a global public health crisis that has resulted in unprecedented uncertainty, volatility and disruption in financial markets and in governmental, commercial and consumer activity in the United States and globally. Governmental responses to the pandemic have included orders closing businesses not deemed essential and directing individuals to restrict their movements and observe social distancing. These actions, together with responses to the pandemic by businesses and individuals, have resulted in decreases in commercial and consumer activity, temporary closures of many businesses that have led to loss of revenues and an increase in unemployment, material decreases in oil and gas prices and in business valuations, disrupted global supply chains, market downturns and volatility, changes in consumer behavior related to pandemic fears and an expectation that Federal Reserve policy will maintain a low interest rate environment for the foreseeable future. These changes have had a significant adverse effect on the markets in which the Company conducts its business and on the demand for its products and services. Business and consumer customers of the Company are experiencing varying degrees of financial distress, which is expected to continue to increase over coming months and could adversely affect their ability to timely pay interest and principal on their loans and the value of the collateral securing their obligations. Further, any disruption to the Company’s ability to deliver financial products or services to, or interact with, its customers could result in losses or increased operational costs, regulatory fines, penalties and other sanctions, or harm the Company’s reputation. 30 COVID-19 is not yet contained and could affect significantly more households and businesses. Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is not possible to accurately predict the extent, severity or duration of these conditions or when normal economic and operating conditions will resume. For this reason, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic affects the Company’s business, operations and financial condition, as well as its regulatory capital and liquidity, is highly uncertain and unpredictable and depends on, among other things, new information that may emerge concerning the scope, duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other parties in response to the pandemic. If the pandemic is prolonged, the adverse impact on the markets in which the Company operates and on its business, operations and financial condition could deepen. The Federal Reserve has taken various actions and the U.S. government has enacted several fiscal stimulus measures to counteract the economic disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and provide economic assistance to individual households and businesses, stabilize the markets and support economic growth. The success of these measures is unknown and they may not be sufficient to fully mitigate the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company faces an increased risk of litigation and governmental, regulatory and third-party scrutiny as a result of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on market and economic conditions and actions governmental authorities take in response to those conditions. Furthermore, various governmental programs such as the PPP are complex and the Company’s participation may lead to additional litigation and governmental, regulatory and third-party scrutiny, negative publicity and damage to the Company’s reputation. For example, the Company’s participation in the PPP as a lender may adversely affect the Company’s revenue and results of operations depending on the timing and amount of forgiveness, if any, to which its borrowers will be entitled. Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock The Company’s corporate organizational documents and the provisions of Texas law to which it is subject may delay or prevent a change in control of the Company that a shareholder may favor. The Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain various provisions which may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control of the Company. These provisions include: • • • a Board of Directors classified into three classes of directors with the directors of each class having staggered three-year terms; a provision that any special meeting of the Company’s shareholders may be called only by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, the president, a majority of the Board of Directors or the holders of at least 50% of the Company’s shares entitled to vote at the meeting; and a provision establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors and for shareholder proposals to be considered at an annual or special meeting of shareholders. The Company’s articles of incorporation provide for noncumulative voting for directors and authorize the Board of Directors to issue shares of its preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine. The issuance of the Company’s preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a controlling interest in the Company. In addition, certain provisions of Texas law, including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of the Company. There are restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends. Holders of the Company’s common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as the Company’s Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although the Company has historically declared cash dividends on its common stock, it is not required to do so and there can be no assurance that the Company will pay dividends in the future. Any declaration and payment of dividends on common stock will depend upon the Company’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory 31 climate, the Company’s ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the common stock and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. The Company’s principal source of funds to pay dividends on the shares of common stock is cash dividends that the Company receives from the Bank. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends and other distributions by the Bank to the Company, and may therefore limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. There may be extreme fluctuations in the Company’s stock price. The trading price for the Company’s common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors outside the Company’s control, including, among other things: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations; recommendations by securities analysts; failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates; operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company; news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry; perceptions in the marketplace regarding the Company and/or its competitors; new technology used, or services offered, by competitors; cybersecurity breaches; actions by institutional shareholders; significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, commitments by or involving the Company or its competitors; joint ventures or capital failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions; changes in government regulations; geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts; general market conditions, including real or anticipated changes in the strength of the Texas and Oklahoma economies; and industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, oil price volatility or credit losses. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. 32 ITEM 2. PROPERTIES As of December 31, 2021, the Company conducted business at 273 full-service banking centers. The Company’s principal executive office is located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe, Houston, Texas. The Company also owns or leases other facilities in which its banking centers are located as listed below by geographical market area. The Company also owns or leases various corporate and operations offices. The expiration dates of the leases range from 2022 to 2032 and do not include renewal periods which may be available at the Company’s option. The following table sets forth specific information regarding the banking centers located in each of the Company’s geographical market areas at December 31, 2021: Geographical Area Bryan/College Station area Houston area Central Texas area Dallas/Fort Worth area East Texas area West Texas area South Texas area Central Oklahoma area Tulsa Oklahoma area Number of Banking Centers Number of Leased Banking Centers Deposits at December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands) 1,625,382 8,074,902 2,350,838 8,870,271 1,185,384 3,297,682 3,562,137 746,503 1,058,663 30,771,762 — $ 13 2 23 — 6 3 1 2 50 $ 16 65 29 63 22 34 30 6 8 273 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS The Company and the Bank are defendants, from time to time, in legal actions arising from transactions conducted in the ordinary course of business. The Company and the Bank believe, after consultations with legal counsel, that the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on their financial statements. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 33 PART II. ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Common Stock Information The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PB.” As of February 23, 2022, there were 92,159,980 shares outstanding and 4,449 shareholders of record. The number of beneficial owners is unknown to the Company at this time. Dividends Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. Although the Company has declared dividends on its common stock since 1994, and paid quarterly dividends aggregating $1.99 per share for 2021 and $1.87 per share for 2020, the Company could discontinue payment of dividends in the future. Future dividends on the common stock will depend upon the Company’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Company’s ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the common stock and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors of the Company. As a holding company, the Company is ultimately dependent upon its subsidiaries to provide funding for its operating expenses, debt service and dividends. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends and other distributions by the Bank to the Company and may therefore limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. Regulatory authorities could impose administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve certain capital adequacy requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy in relation to the organization’s overall asset quality, level of current and prospective earnings and level, composition and quality of capital. The guidance provides that the Company should inform and consult with the Federal Reserve Board prior to declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in an adverse change to the Company’s capital structure. The cash dividends declared per share by quarter (and paid on the first business day of the subsequent quarter) for the Company’s last two fiscal years were as follows: Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities None. $ 2021 2020 0.52 $ 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.46 0.46 0.46 34 Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans As of December 31, 2021, the Company had restricted stock issued under its 2012 Stock Incentive Plan and its 2020 Stock Incentive Plan, both of which were approved by the Company’s shareholders. The following table provides information as of December 31, 2021 regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans under which the Company’s equity securities are authorized for issuance: Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) — $ — — $ — — — 2,091,444 (1) — 2,091,444 (1) All of these awards are available under the Company’s 2012 and 2020 Stock Incentive Plans. The Company does not intend to make any further awards under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers On January 26, 2021, the Company announced a stock repurchase program under which it may acquire up to 5%, or approximately 4.65 million shares, of its outstanding common stock over a one-year period, at the discretion of management. The Company repurchased 767,134 shares of its common stock at an average weighted price of $67.87 per share during the year ended December 31, 2021. On January 18, 2022, the Company announced a stock repurchase program under which up to 5%, or approximately 4.6 million shares of its outstanding common stock may be acquired over a one-year period expiring on January 18, 2023, at the discretion of management. Under the 2022 stock repurchase program, the Company may repurchase shares from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open-market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, depending upon market conditions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Share Repurchases” for additional information. 35 Performance Graph The following Performance Graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock for the period beginning at the close of trading on December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2021, with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Total Return Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index for the same period. Dividend reinvestment has been assumed. The Performance Graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2016 in the Company’s common stock, the S&P 500 Total Return Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index. The historical stock price performance for the Company’s common stock shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance. COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* Among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., the S&P 500 Index, and the NASDAQ Bank Index $260 $240 $220 $200 $180 $160 $140 $120 $100 $80 $60 $40 $20 $0 12/16 12/17 12/18 12/19 12/20 12/21 Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. S&P 500 NASDAQ Bank * $100 invested on 12/31/16 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ended December 31. 12/16 12/17 12/18 12/19 12/20 12/21 Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. S&P 500 NASDAQ Bank $ 100.00 $ 99.64 $ 90.48 $ 106.93 $ 106.49 $ 114.08 233.41 144.54 181.35 101.31 121.83 106.14 100.00 100.00 153.17 109.61 116.49 88.44 Copyright© 2021 Standard & Poor's, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved. ITEM 6. [RESERVED] 36 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Statements and financial discussion and analysis contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact constitute forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “believes,” “intends,” “expects,” “plans,” “will” and similar references to future periods. Many possible events or factors could affect the future financial results and performance of the Company and could cause such results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These possible events or factors include, but are not limited to: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • changes in the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts operations resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality or reduced demand for credit, including the result and effect on the Company’s loan portfolio and allowance for credit losses; the effect, impact, potential duration or other implications of the COVID-19 pandemic, including any actions undertaken by federal, state and local governmental authorities in response to the pandemic; volatility in interest rates and market prices, which could reduce the Company’s net interest margins, asset valuations and expense expectations; changes in the levels of loan prepayments and the resulting effects on the value of the Company’s loan portfolio; changes in local economic and business conditions, including fluctuations in the price of oil, natural gas and other commodities, which adversely affect the Company’s customers and their ability to transact profitable business with the company, including the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans according to their terms or a change in the value of the related collateral; the potential impacts of climate change; increased competition for deposits and loans adversely affecting rates and terms; the timing, impact and other uncertainties of any future acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to identify suitable future acquisition candidates, the success or failure in the integration of their operations, and the ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; the possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects on the results of operations; increased credit risk in the Company’s assets and increased operating risk caused by a material change in commercial, consumer and/or real estate loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio; the concentration of the Company’s loan portfolio in loans collateralized by residential and commercial real estate; the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of and provisions made to the allowance for credit losses, including such assumptions related to potential, pending or recent acquisitions; changes in the availability of funds resulting in increased costs or reduced liquidity; a deterioration or downgrade in the credit quality and credit agency ratings of the securities in the Company’s securities portfolio; increased asset levels and changes in the composition of assets and the resulting impact on the Company’s capital levels and regulatory capital ratios; the Company’s ability to acquire, operate and maintain cost effective and efficient systems without incurring unexpectedly difficult or expensive but necessary technological changes; 37 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • the loss of senior management or operating personnel and the potential inability to hire qualified personnel at reasonable compensation levels; government intervention in the U.S. financial system; changes in statutes and government regulations or their interpretations applicable to financial holding companies and the Company’s present and future banking and other subsidiaries, including changes in tax requirements and tax rates; the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters; poor performance by external vendors; the cost and effects of a failure, interruption, or breach of security of the Company’s systems; the failure of analytical and forecasting models and tools used by the Company to estimate expected credit losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments; additional risks from new lines of businesses or new products and services; claims or litigation related to intellectual property or fiduciary responsibilities; the failure of the Company’s enterprise risk management framework to identify or address risks adequately; a failure in or breach of operational or security systems of the Company’s infrastructure, or those of its third-party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks; potential risk of environmental liability associated with lending activities; acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, civil unrest, insurrections, other political, economic or diplomatic developments, including those caused by public health issues, outbreaks of diseases and pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, weather or other acts of God and other matters beyond the Company’s control; and other risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in the Company’s other reports and documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward- looking statement. The Company believes it has chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. However, the Company cautions that assumptions or bases almost always vary from actual results, and the differences between assumptions or bases and actual results can be material. Therefore, the Company cautions against placing undue reliance on its forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations analyzes the major elements of the Company’s balance sheets and statements of income. This section should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Overview The Company generates the majority of its revenues from interest income on loans, service charges and fees on customer accounts and income from investment in securities. The Company also earns revenues from various additional products and services it provides, including trust services, mortgage lending, brokerage, credit card and independent sales organization sponsorship operations. The Company’s revenues are partially offset by interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings and noninterest expenses such as administrative and occupancy expenses. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets such as loans and securities 38 and interest expense on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings which are used to fund those assets. Net interest income is the Company’s largest source of revenue. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and margin. Three principal components of the Company’s growth strategy are internal growth, efficient operations and acquisitions, including strategic merger transactions. The Company focuses on continual internal growth. Each banking center is operated as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to its net interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. The Company also focuses on maintaining efficiency and stringent cost control practices and policies. The Company has centralized many of its critical operations, such as data processing and loan and deposit processing. Management believes that this centralized infrastructure can accommodate substantial additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize operational costs through certain economies of scale. The Company also intends to continue to seek expansion opportunities. Net income was $519.3 million, $528.9 million and $332.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and diluted earnings per share were $5.60, $5.68 and $4.52, respectively, for these same periods. The decrease in net income and earnings per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to lower average rates on loans and a decrease in loan discount accretion of $52.1 million, partially offset by an increase in the average investment securities balance and a decrease in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities. The increase in net income and earnings per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to the Merger, a $38.4 million decrease in merger related expenses and a tax benefit for a net operating loss (“NOL”) of $20.1 million. The Company posted returns on average assets of 1.44%, 1.62% and 1.38% and returns on average common equity of 8.21%, 8.85% and 7.46% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 41.83% in 2021, 42.58% in 2020 and 48.25% in 2019. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total noninterest expense (excluding credit loss provisions) by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. Because the ratio is a measure of revenues and expenses resulting from the Company’s lending activities and fee-based banking services, net gains and losses on the sale of assets and securities are not included. Additionally, taxes are not part of this calculation. Total assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $37.83 billion and $34.06 billion, respectively. Total deposits were $30.77 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $3.41 billion or 12.5% compared with $27.36 billion at December 31, 2020. Total loans were $18.62 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $1.63 billion or 8.1% compared with $20.25 billion at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $27.2 million in nonperforming loans, and its allowance for credit losses on loans was $286.4 million compared with $48.9 million in nonperforming loans and an allowance for credit losses on loans of $316.1 million at December 31, 2020. Shareholders’ equity was $6.43 billion and $6.13 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Acquisition Merger with LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc.—On November 1, 2019, LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc., merged with the Company and LegacyTexas Bank merged with the Bank. LegacyTexas was headquartered in Plano, Texas and operated 42 locations in 19 North Texas cities in and around the Dallas-Fort Worth area. As of September 30, 2019, LegacyTexas, on a consolidated basis, reported total assets of $10.5 billion, total gross loans of $9.1 billion, total deposits of $6.5 billion and shareholders’ equity of $1.2 billion. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, the Company issued 26,228,148 shares of the Company’s common stock with a closing price of $69.02 per share on November 1, 2019 plus $318.0 million in cash, comprised of $308.6 million in cash and $9.4 million cash in taxes withheld, for all outstanding shares of LegacyTexas. This resulted in goodwill of $1.33 billion as of December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company recognized $49.9 million of core deposit intangibles during 2020. COVID-19 Pandemic The Company continues to monitor the latest developments regarding a novel strain of coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”). As of December 31, 2021, pandemic-related restrictions on all business and activities in the states of Texas and Oklahoma remained lifted. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in significant economic uncertainties 39 that have had, and could continue to have, an adverse impact on the Company’s operating income, financial condition and cash flows. Since the implementation of the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) in 2020, the Company has obtained SBA approvals on approximately 18,700 loans totaling $2.036 billion and, as of December 31, 2021, had an outstanding balance of 1,512 loans totaling $169.9 million. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company provided relief to its loan customers through loan extensions and deferrals beginning in March 2020 to selected borrowers on a case-by-case basis. The Company’s troubled debt restructurings do not include loan modifications related to COVID-19. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $29.5 million in outstanding loans subject to deferral and modification agreements. Critical Accounting Policies The Company’s significant accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported. The Company’s accounting policies are described in detail in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, appearing elsewhere is this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity: Business Combinations—Generally, acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. A business combination occurs when the Company acquires net assets that constitute a business and obtains control over that business. Business combinations are effected through the transfer of consideration consisting of cash and/or common stock and are accounted for using the acquisition method. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired business are recorded at their respective fair values at the acquisition date. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio, is a process involving significant judgment regarding methods and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. The results of operations of an acquired entity are included in the Company’s consolidated results from acquisition date, and prior periods are not restated. Allowance for Credit Losses— The allowance for credit losses is accounted for in accordance with ASU 2016- 13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“CECL”) which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss methodology. CECL requires a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is an allowance available for losses on loans and held-to-maturity securities. The allowance for credit losses is adjusted through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses. All losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that such a loss is likely and can be reasonably estimated. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery. The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two elements: (1) specific valuation allowances based on expected losses on impaired loans and PCD loans; and (2) a general valuation allowance based on historical lifetime loan loss experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the portfolio, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as historical lifetime loan loss experience, the amount of nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the portfolio, current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. Charge-offs occur when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. For further discussion of the methodology used in the determination of the allowance for credit losses, see “Accounting for Acquired Loans and the Allowance for Acquired Credit Losses”, 40 “Financial Condition—Allowance for Credit Losses” sections below and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Accounting for Acquired Loans and the Allowance for Acquired Credit Losses — The Company accounts for its acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets, including loans, and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. These fair value estimates associated with acquired loans, and based on a discounted cash flow model, include estimates related to market interest rates and undiscounted projections of future cash flows that incorporate expectations of prepayments and the amount and timing of principal, interest and other cash flows, as well as any shortfalls thereof. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted CECL. Upon adoption of CECL, all loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 were included in the allowance for credit losses methodology, with no offset provided for any remaining fair value marks. In addition, all loans previously accounted for under ASC 310-30 had their credit marks reclassified to be included in the allowance for credit losses. For further discussion of the methodology used in the determination of the allowance for credit losses for acquired loans, see “Accounting for Acquired Loans and the Allowance for Acquired Credit Losses” at Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and “Financial Condition—Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans” below. Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at least annually, or more often, if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is below the carrying value of its equity. Under ASC Topic 350- 20, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Goodwill,” companies have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining the need to perform step one of the annual test for goodwill impairment. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment described in the following paragraph for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the goodwill impairment test. An entity may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. The Company had no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives at December 31, 2021. Core deposit intangible assets that are subject to amortization are being amortized on a non-pro rata basis over the years expected to be benefited, which the Company believes is between ten and fifteen years. These core deposit intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a comparison of fair value to carrying value. The Company performs an evaluation annually, and more frequently if a triggering event occurs, of whether any impairment of the goodwill and other intangibles has occurred. Based on the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2021, management does not believe any of its goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2021, because the fair value of the Company’s equity exceeded its carrying value. While the Company believes no impairment existed at December 31, 2021, under accounting standards applicable at that date, different conditions or assumptions, or changes in cash flows or profitability, if significantly negative or unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the outcome of the Company’s impairment evaluation and financial condition or future results of operations. Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act NOL Carryback Extension The CARES Act, which was enacted in March 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, permits a five- year carryback period for NOLs, which allowed the Company to generate an anticipated tax refund and income tax benefit resulting from the tax rate differential between the statutory tax rate of 21% in 2020 and the 35% statutory tax rate in prior years during the carryback period. Due to the NOL generated in 2019 by LegacyTexas, the Company recorded a current income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was used to offset taxable income generated between 2014 and 2017 that was taxed at 35%, resulting in a tax benefit of $20.1 million. The $20.1 million benefit is included in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income. This caused a reduction in the effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2020. As a result of the NOL carryback, there was a reduction in the Company’s deferred tax assets of $30.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. 41 Results of Operations Net Interest Income The Company’s operating results depend primarily on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, including securities and loans, and interest expense incurred on interest- bearing liabilities, including deposits and other borrowed funds. Interest rate fluctuations, as well as changes in the amount and type of earning assets and liabilities, combine to affect net interest income. The Company’s net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as a “volume change.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as a “rate change.” 2021 versus 2020. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for 2021 was $993.3 million compared with $1.03 billion for 2020, a decrease of $37.4 million or 3.6%. The change was primarily due to a $53.9 million decrease in loan interest income due to lower average rates and a $52.1 million decrease in loan discount accretion, partially offset by a $49.6 million decrease in interest expense due to lower average rates on interest-bearing liabilities and a $8.6 million increase in securities interest income due to an increase in the average investment securities balance. Interest income was $1.05 billion in 2021, a decrease of $97.0 million or 8.5% compared with 2020. Interest income on loans was $869.9 million for 2021, a decrease of $106.0 million or 10.9% compared with 2020, primarily due to a $53.9 million decrease in loan interest income and a $52.1 million decrease in loan discount accretion The Company had $13.0 million of total outstanding accretable discounts on Non-PCD loans and PCD loans at December 31, 2021. Interest income on securities was $175.5 million during 2021, an increase of $8.6 million or 5.2% compared with 2020 due primarily to an increase in the average investment securities balance. Average interest- bearing liabilities increased $1.54 billion or 8.6% during 2021 compared with 2020. The average rate on interest- bearing liabilities decreased from 0.63% to 0.28% during the same time period, resulting in a decrease in interest expense of $59.6 million. The total cost of funds decreased to 0.18% during 2021 compared to 0.43% during 2020. Net interest margin, defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, was 3.14% on a tax equivalent basis for 2021, a decrease of 50 basis points compared with 3.64% for 2020. 2020 versus 2019. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for 2020 was $1.03 billion compared with $695.8 million for 2019, an increase of $335.0 million or 48.1%. This change was primarily due to the Merger and the increase in loan discount accretion of $63.3 million. Interest income was $1.14 billion in 2020, an increase of $311.0 million or 37.3% compared with 2019. Interest income on loans was $975.9 million for 2020, an increase of $354.5 million or 57.0% compared with 2019, which was primarily due to the Merger and the increase in loan discount accretion of $63.3 million. The Company had $53.8 million of total accretable outstanding discounts on Non-PCD loans and PCD loans at December 31, 2020. Interest income on securities was $166.8 million during 2020, a decrease of $43.0 million or 20.5% compared with 2019 due primarily to a decrease in the securities balance and lower yields. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $4.37 billion or 32.4% during 2020 compared with 2019. The average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 1.02% to 0.63% during the same time period, resulting in a decrease in interest expense of $24.0 million. The total cost of funds decreased to 0.43% during 2020 from 0.70% during 2019. Net interest margin, defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, was 3.64% on a tax equivalent basis for 2020, an increase of 32 basis points compared with 3.32% for 2019. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of average balances, interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest- bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates. Except as indicated in the footnotes, no tax-equivalent adjustments were made and all average balances are daily average balances. Any nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. 42 2021 Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 Average Outstanding Balance Interest Earned/ Paid Average Yield/ Rate Average Outstanding Balance Interest Earned/ Paid Average Yield/ Rate Average Outstanding Balance(1) Interest Earned/ Paid Average Yield/ Rate (Dollars in thousands) $ 16,807 $ 510 3.03% $ 55,883 $ 17,128,069 806,012 4.71% 17,842,438 1,923 910,532 3.44% $ 5.10% 11,688,754 32,065 $ 1,457 610,112 1,988,724 19,133,600 11,328,903 1,964,206 63,386 3.19% 869,908 4.55% 19,862,527 8,022,205 175,459 1.55% 63,440 975,895 166,812 251,274 3.23% 4.91% 11,972,093 2.08% 8,958,182 9,874 621,443 209,812 1,212,698 31,675,201 1,556 0.13% 529,075 1,046,923 3.31% 28,413,807 1,203 1,143,910 0.23% 129,622 4.03% 21,059,897 1,683 832,938 4.54% 5.22% 3.93% 5.19% 2.34% 1.30% 3.96% (302,381) 4,602,458 $35,975,278 (324,308) 4,555,851 $32,645,350 (86,616) 3,114,426 $24,087,707 $ 6,169,864 $ 9,883,549 2,917,976 17,215 0.28% $ 5,177,736 $ 19,582 0.20% 16,116 0.55% 8,654,874 3,194,274 22,046 37,685 42,771 0.43% $ 3,917,413 $ 23,982 50,681 0.44% 5,941,929 36,725 1.34% 2,314,174 0.61% 0.85% 1.59% — — — 329,276 3,550 1.08% 971,409 21,323 2.20% Assets Interest-earning assets: Loans held for sale Loans held for investment Loans held for investment - Warehouse Purchase Program Total loans Investment securities Federal funds sold and other earning assets Total interest-earning assets Allowance for credit losses on loans(2) Noninterest-earning assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing demand deposits Savings and money market deposits Certificates and other time deposits Federal funds purchased and other borrowings Securities sold under repurchase agreements 410,747 702 0.17% 371,872 1,627 0.44% 307,277 3,383 1.10% Subordinated notes and junior subordinated debentures Total interest-bearing liabilities — 19,382,136 — — 114,499 53,615 0.28% 17,842,531 5,498 113,177 4.80% 21,991 0.63% 13,474,193 1,075 137,169 4.89% 1.02% Noninterest-bearing liabilities: Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 10,036,519 Allowance for credit losses on off- balance sheet credit exposures(2) Other liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' 29,947 204,522 29,653,124 6,322,154 8,558,385 6,006,914 25,735 244,047 26,670,698 5,974,652 — 148,079 19,629,186 4,458,521 equity $35,975,278 $32,645,350 $24,087,707 Net interest rate spread Net interest income and margin(3) Net interest income and margin (tax equivalent)(4) 3.03% $ 993,308 3.14% $1,030,733 3.40% 3.63% $695,769 2.94% 3.30% $ 995,537 3.14% $1,033,468 3.64% $698,918 3.32% The average outstanding balance includes two months of LegacyTexas average balances. (1) (2) ASU 2016-13 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. (3) (4) The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. In order to make pretax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt investments and loans comparable to those on taxable investments and loans, a tax equivalent adjustment has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 21% and other applicable effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. 43 The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the changes attributable to changes in volume and changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes in interest income and interest expense related to purchase accounting adjustments and changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate. Years Ended December 31, 2021 vs. 2020 2020 vs. 2019 Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in Rate Volume Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in Rate Total Volume (Dollars in thousands) Total $ (1,345) $ (36,456) (68) $ (1,413) $ (68,064) (104,520) 1,082 321,201 $ (616) $ (20,781) 466 300,420 792 68,759 (846) (60,112) (54) 8,647 67,311 (21,922) (13,745) (21,078) 53,566 (43,000) Interest-earning assets: Loans held for sale Loans held for investment Loans held for investment - Warehouse Purchase Program Securities Federal funds sold and other temporary investments Total increase (decrease) in interest income 1,554 33,304 (1,201) (130,291) 353 (96,987) 5,186 372,858 (5,666) (61,886) (480) 310,972 Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing demand deposits Savings and money market accounts Certificates of deposit Other borrowings Securities sold under repurchase agreements Subordinated notes and junior subordinated debentures Total (decrease) increase in interest expense Increase (decrease) in net interest income Provision for Credit Losses 4,224 5,350 (3,700) (3,550) 170 (9,055) (23,453) (22,955) — (1,095) (4,831) (18,103) (26,655) (3,550) (925) 7,716 23,140 13,967 (14,095) 711 (9,652) (36,136) (7,921) (3,678) (2,467) (1,936) (12,996) 6,046 (17,773) (1,756) (5,498) (3,004) 4,423 35,862 $ 36,308 $ (73,733) $ (37,425) $ 336,996 (5,498) (59,562) — (56,558) — (59,854) 4,423 (23,992) $ (2,032) $ 334,964 The Company’s provision for credit losses is established through charges to income in the form of the provision in order to bring the Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans and off-balance sheets credit exposures to a level deemed appropriate by management based on the factors discussed under “Financial Condition—Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Financial Condition—Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures” The allowance for credit losses on loans at December 31, 2021 was $286.4 million, representing 1.54% of total loans and 1.70% of total loans excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans as of such date. The allowance for credit losses on loans at December 31, 2020 was $316.1 million, representing 1.56% of total loans and 1.82% of total loans excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans as of such date. Acquired loans were recorded at fair value based on a discounted cash flow valuation methodology that considers, among other things, interest rates, projected default rates, loss given defaults and recovery rates, with no carryover of any existing allowance for credit losses. There was no provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2021. The provision for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $20.0 million and $4.3 million, respectively. Net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $29.7 million, $31.9 million and $3.3 million, respectively. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2021 included $12.7 million related to resolved PCD loans and $10.8 million related to the partial charge-off of one commercial real estate loan obtained through acquisition. The PCD loans had specific reserves of $12.9 million, of which $9.9 million was allocated to the charge-offs and $3.0 million was moved to the general reserve. Further, an additional $21.6 million of specific reserves on resolved PCD loans without any related charge-offs was released to the general reserve. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2020 included $25.7 million related to resolved PCD loans that had specific reserves of $53.8 million, of which $25.7 million was allocated to the charge-offs and $28.1 million moved to the general reserve. 44 Noninterest Income The Company’s primary sources of recurring noninterest income are credit, debit and ATM card income, nonsufficient funds (“NSF”) fees, and service charges on deposit accounts. Additionally, the Company generates recurring noninterest income from its various additional products and services, including trust services, mortgage lending, brokerage and independent sales organization sponsorship operations. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees, which are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method. For the year ended December 31, 2021, noninterest income totaled $140.0 million, an increase of $8.4 million or 6.4% compared with 2020. This increase was primarily due to the net gain on sale of assets compared to prior year’s net loss on write-down of assets and an increase in credit card, debit card and ATM card income, partially offset by a decrease in mortgage income. For the year ended December 31, 2020, noninterest income totaled $131.5 million, an increase of $7.3 million or 5.8% compared with 2019. This increase was primarily due to increases in mortgage income, credit card, debit card and ATM card income and service charges on deposit accounts, all primarily due to the Merger, partially offset by a higher net loss on write down of assets. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income: Nonsufficient funds (NSF) fees Credit card, debit card and ATM card income Service charges on deposit accounts Trust income Mortgage income Brokerage income Bank owned life insurance income Net gain (loss) on sale or write down of assets Other Total noninterest income $ 2021 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 30,295 $ 31,245 23,860 9,598 10,777 2,504 5,754 (5,533) 23,034 34,614 26,867 20,604 10,227 5,006 2,361 5,426 (1,813) 20,989 $ 139,966 $ 131,534 $ 124,281 29,610 $ 34,680 24,392 10,278 8,302 3,320 5,228 1,097 23,059 Noninterest Expense For the year ended December 31, 2021, noninterest expense totaled $473.6 million, a decrease of $23.6 million or 4.7% compared with 2020. The change was primarily due to decreases in merger related expenses, data processing, net occupancy and equipment and other noninterest expense as a result of efficiencies gained following the LegacyTexas system conversion during the second quarter of 2020 and net gains on sale of other real estate of $2.7 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, noninterest expense totaled $497.2 million, an increase of $100.7 million or 25.4% compared with 2019. The change was primarily due to increases in salaries and benefits, credit and debit card, data processing and software amortization, net occupancy and equipment and other noninterest expense, all primarily due to the Merger, partially offset by a $38.4 million decrease in merger related expenses. 45 The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense: Salaries and employee benefits(1) Non-staff expenses: Net occupancy and equipment Credit and debit card, data processing and software amortization Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance Core deposit intangibles amortization Depreciation Communications(2) Net other real estate (income) expense(3) Merger related expenses Other Total noninterest expense 2021 Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ 310,556 $ 309,268 $ 226,348 2019 32,184 35,037 23,985 35,104 10,638 11,551 18,095 12,028 (2,224) — 45,688 23,624 8,608 6,537 13,713 9,679 (67) 46,402 37,713 $ 473,620 $ 497,233 $ 396,542 40,329 9,861 13,169 18,232 12,477 165 8,018 50,677 (1) Total salaries and employee benefits include $12.6 million, $12.6 million and $10.6 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in stock-based compensation expense. (2) Communications expense includes telephone, data circuits, postage, and courier expenses. (3) Other real estate expense is net of rental income and gains and losses on sales of real estate. Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits were $310.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $1.3 million or 0.4% compared with 2020. Salaries and employee benefits were $309.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $82.9 million or 36.6% compared with 2019. This change was primarily due to a full year of combined operations in 2020 compared with two months in 2019 after the Merger. The number of full-time equivalent associates employed by the Company was 3,704, 3,756 and 3,867 at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Total salaries and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2021 include $12.6 million in stock-based compensation expense compared with $12.6 million and $10.6 million recorded for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Net Occupancy and Equipment: Net occupancy and equipment expense was $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $2.9 million or 8.1%, compared with 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a $2.1 million decrease in lease expense. Net occupancy and equipment expense was $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $11.1 million or 46.1%, compared with 2019. This change was primarily due to a full year of combined operations in 2020 compared with two months in 2019 after the Merger. Credit and Debit Card, Data Processing and Software Amortization. Credit and debit card, data processing and software amortization expenses were $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $5.2 million or 13.0% compared with 2020, as a result of efficiencies gained following the LegacyTexas Bank system conversion during the second quarter of 2020. Credit and debit card, data processing and software amortization expenses were $40.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $16.7 million or 70.7% compared with 2019. This change was primarily due to a full year of combined operations in 2020 compared to two months in 2019 after the Merger. Regulatory Assessments and FDIC Insurance. Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance assessments were $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $777 thousand or 7.9%, compared with $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance assessments were $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $1.3 million or 14.6%, compared with $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This change was primarily due to a full year of combined operations in 2020 compared to two months in 2019 after the Merger. 46 Core Deposit Intangibles Amortization. Core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) amortization was $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $1.6 million or 12.3% compared with $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. CDI amortization was $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $6.6 million or 101.5% compared with $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This change was primarily due to the Merger. Other Real Estate. Other real estate (income) expense was $(2.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $2.4 million compared with $165 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020. The change was primarily due to net gains on sale of other real estate of $2.7 million. Other real estate (income) expense was $165 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $232 thousand or 346.3%, compared with $(67) thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019. Merger Related Expenses. The Company did not incur any merger-related expenses during 2021. Merger related expenses were $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, a decrease of $38.4 million or 82.7%, compared with $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Efficiency Ratio The Company’s efficiency ratio is a supplemental financial measure utilized in management’s internal evaluation of the Company and is not calculated based on GAAP. A GAAP-based efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total noninterest expense, excluding credit loss provisions, by net interest income plus total noninterest income, as shown in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company’s efficiency ratio, as calculated and used by the Company, excludes from noninterest income the net gains and losses on the sale of securities and assets, which can vary widely from period to period. Taxes are not included in either calculation. An increase in the efficiency ratio indicates that more resources are being utilized to generate the same volume of income, while a decrease would indicate a more efficient allocation of resources. The Company’s efficiency ratio calculated pursuant to GAAP was 41.79% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with 42.78% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 48.36% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The efficiency ratio, excluding net gains and losses on the sale or write down of assets and taxes, was 41.83% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared with 42.58% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 48.25% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Income Taxes The amount of federal and state income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, the amount of tax-exempt income and the amount of other nondeductible expenses. Income tax expense was $140.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $24.2 million or 20.9% compared with $116.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase is primarily due to the tax benefit from the NOL carryback of $20.1 million recorded in 2020 as a result of the CARES Act. Income tax expense was $116.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $29.5 million or 34.0% compared with $86.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to the increase in pre-tax income related to the Merger, partially offset by the tax benefit from the NOL carryback of $20.1 million as a result of the CARES Act. The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 21.3%, 18.0% and 20.7%, respectively. The effective income tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 21% during 2021, 2020 and 2019 primarily due to the effect of tax-exempt income from loans and securities. Additionally, for 2020, the effective income tax rate was impacted by the NOL carryback of $20.1 million as a result of the CARES Act as discussed below. The CARES Act. The CARES Act permits a five-year carryback period for NOLs, which allowed the Company to generate an anticipated tax refund and income tax benefit resulting from the tax rate differential between the statutory tax rate of 21% in 2020 and the 35% statutory tax rate in prior years during the carryback period. Due to the NOL generated in 2019 by LegacyTexas, the Company recorded a current income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was used to offset taxable income generated between 2014 and 2017 that was taxed at 35%, resulting in a tax benefit of $20.1 million. The $20.1 million benefit is included in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income. This caused a reduction in the effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2020. As a result of the NOL carryback, there was a reduction in the Company’s deferred tax assets of $30.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. 47 Impact of Inflation The Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10- K have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. These require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or recession. Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, noninterest expenses do reflect general levels of inflation. Financial Condition Loan Portfolio At December 31, 2021, total loans were $18.62 billion, a decrease of $1.63 billion or 8.1%, compared with $20.25 billion at December 31, 2020. Loans at December 31, 2021 included $7.3 million of loans held for sale and $1.78 billion of Warehouse Purchase Program loans. At December 31, 2021, total loans were 60.5% of deposits and 49.2% of total assets. At December 31, 2020, total loans were $20.25 billion, an increase of $1.40 billion or 7.4%, compared with $18.85 billion at December 31, 2019. Loans at December 31, 2020 included $46.8 million of loans held for sale and $2.84 billion of Warehouse Purchase Program loans. At December 31, 2020, total loans were 74.0% of deposits and 59.4% of total assets. The following table summarizes the Company’s total loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated: 2021 2020 December 31, 2019 2018 2017 Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and industrial Warehouse purchase program Real estate: Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (1) Home equity Commercial real estate (including multifamily residential) (2) Farmland Agriculture Consumer Other Total loans (3) $ 2,711,820 1,775,699 14.6% $ 3,674,200 9.5% 2,842,379 18.1% $ 3,205,595 14.0% 1,552,762 17.0% $ 1,483,571 8.2 % — — 14.3% $ 1,479,910 14.8% — — 2,299,715 4,860,419 808,289 12.4 % 1,956,960 26.1% 4,253,331 504,207 4.3% 9.7 % 2,064,167 21.0% 3,880,382 507,029 2.5% 11.0 % 1,622,289 20.6 % 2,438,949 267,960 2.6 % 15.7 % 1,509,137 23.5 % 2,454,548 285,312 2.6 % 15.1 % 24.5% 2.8% 5,251,368 442,343 177,995 115,183 173,313 33.1% 5.0% 1.9 % 1.1 % 1.7 % $18,616,144 100.0% $ 20,246,944 100.0% $ 18,845,346 100.0% $ 10,370,313 100.0 % $ 10,020,773 100.0% 34.1 % 3,315,627 502,841 5.3 % 187,277 1.7 % 116,393 1.2 % 169,728 1.6 % 34.9 % 3,538,557 545,373 2.7 % 184,128 0.9 % 120,851 1.1 % 168,635 1.0 % 28.2% 6,078,764 410,931 2.4% 170,421 1.0 % 133,738 0.6 % 222,013 0.9 % 30.0% 6,556,285 495,558 2.0% 185,297 0.9 % 211,522 0.7 % 186,749 1.1 % (1) (2) (3) Includes loans held for sale of $7.3 million, $46.8 million, $81.0 million, $29.4 million and $31.4 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Commercial real estate loans include approximately $1.69 billion, $1.77 billion, $1.91 billion, $1.52 billion and $1.52 billion of owner-occupied loans for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Includes fair value discounts on acquired loans of $13.0 million, $53.8 million, $277.5 million, $17.7 million and $34.7 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company separates its loan portfolio into two general categories of loans: (1) “originated loans,” which are loans originated by Prosperity Bank and made pursuant to the Company’s loan policy and procedures in effect at the time the loan was made, and (2) “acquired loans,” which are loans acquired in a business combination and preliminarily recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. Those acquired loans that are renewed or substantially modified after the date of the business combination are referred to as “re-underwritten acquired loans.” If a renewal or substantial modification of an acquired loan is underwritten by the Company with a new credit analysis, the loan may no longer be categorized as an acquired loan. For example, acquired loans to one borrower may be combined into 48 a new loan with a new loan number and categorized as an originated loan. Acquired loans with a fair value discount or premium at the date of the business combination that remained at the reporting date are referred to as “fair-valued acquired loans.” All fair-valued acquired loans are further categorized into purchased credit-deteriorated loans (“PCD Loans”) and “Non-PCD loans.” Acquired loans with evidence of more than insignificant credit quality deterioration as of the acquisition date when compared to the origination date are classified as PCD loans. The following tables summarize the Company’s originated and acquired loan portfolios broken out into originated loans, re-underwritten acquired loans, Non-PCD loans and PCD loans as of the dates indicated. Residential mortgage loans held for sale Commercial and industrial Warehouse purchase program Real estate: Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (including home equity) Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential) Farmland Agriculture Consumer and other Total loans held for investment Total Residential mortgage loans held for sale Commercial and industrial Warehouse purchase program Real estate: Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (including home equity) Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential) Farmland Agriculture Consumer and other Total loans held for investment Total Originated Loans December 31, 2021 Acquired Loans Non-PCD Loans Re-Underwritten Acquired Loans (dollars in thousands) PCD Loans Total Loans $ 7,274 $ — $ — $ — $ 1,658,807 1,775,699 763,745 — 263,461 — 25,807 — 7,274 2,711,820 1,775,699 2,163,895 4,524,726 126,886 287,451 8,661 849,084 273 173 2,299,715 5,661,434 3,807,192 411,818 145,516 251,441 14,739,094 $14,746,368 $ 465,588 9,176 32,363 19,600 1,704,809 1,704,809 $2,085,896 $ 928,336 20,190 116 16,048 2,085,896 5,251,368 50,252 442,343 1,159 177,995 — 288,496 1,407 79,071 18,608,870 79,071 $ 18,616,144 Originated Loans December 31, 2020 Acquired Loans Non-PCD Loans Re-Underwritten Acquired Loans (dollars in thousands) PCD Loans Total Loans $ 46,777 $ — $ — $ — $ 2,082,366 2,842,379 890,278 — 625,102 — 76,454 — 46,777 3,674,200 2,842,379 1,752,925 3,143,532 125,820 358,745 77,674 1,206,891 541 1,593 1,956,960 4,710,761 3,548,257 372,627 126,533 290,300 14,158,919 $14,205,696 $ 6,078,764 576,444 410,931 10,576 170,421 43,476 355,751 24,876 2,030,215 20,200,167 2,030,215 $3,829,618 $ 181,415 $ 20,246,944 1,861,743 25,994 412 31,802 3,829,618 92,320 1,734 — 8,773 181,415 The Company offers a broad range of short to medium-term commercial loans, primarily collateralized, to businesses for working capital (including inventory and receivables), business expansion (including acquisitions of real estate and improvements) and the purchase of equipment and machinery. Historically, the Company has originated loans for its own account, including loans in the 1-4 family residential category, and has not securitized its loans. However, the Company does originate longer-term residential mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market. The purpose of a particular loan generally determines its structure. Loans to borrowers with aggregate debt relationships over $1.0 million and below $5.0 million are evaluated and acted upon on a daily basis by two of the company-wide loan concurrence officers. Loans to borrowers with 49 aggregate debt relationships above $5.0 million are evaluated and acted upon by an officers’ loan committee that meets weekly. Commercial and Industrial Loans. In nearly all cases, the Company’s commercial loans are made in the Company’s market areas and are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. Working capital loans are primarily collateralized by short-term assets whereas term loans are primarily collateralized by long-term assets. As a general practice, term loans are secured by any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower. Both working capital and term loans are typically supported by a personal guaranty of a principal. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return. The increased risk in commercial loans is due to the type of collateral securing these loans as well as the expectation that commercial loans generally will be serviced principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. Historical trends have shown these types of loans to have higher delinquencies than mortgage loans. As a result of these additional complexities, variables and risks, commercial loans require more thorough underwriting and servicing than other types of loans. Included in commercial loans are (1) commitments to oil and gas producers largely secured by proven, developed and producing reserves and (2) commitments to service, equipment and midstream companies secured mainly by accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Mineral reserve values supporting commitments to producers are normally re-determined semi-annually using reserve studies prepared by a third-party or the Company’s oil and gas engineer. Accounts receivable and inventory borrowing bases for service companies are typically re- determined monthly. Funding requests by both producers and service companies are monitored relative to the most recently determined borrowing base. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $294.1 million (net of discount and excluding PPP loans totaling $7.4 million) in funded commitments outstanding to oil and gas production companies and $264.9 million in unfunded commitments, for a total of $559.0 million (net of discount and excluding PPP loans). This compares with funded commitments to oil and gas production companies of $285.8 million (net of discount and excluding PPP loans totaling $20.2 million) and $143.5 million in unfunded commitments, for a total of $429.3 million as of December 31, 2020. Total unfunded commitments to producers include letters of credit issued in lieu of oil well plugging bonds. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $197.2 million (net of discount and excluding PPP loans totaling $20.5 million) in funded commitments outstanding to service companies and $154.1 million in unfunded commitments, for a total of $351.3 million (net of discount and excluding PPP loans). This compares with funded commitments to service companies of $226.9 million (net of discount and excluding PPP loans totaling $68.5 million) and $99.8 million in unfunded commitments, for a total of $326.7 million as of December 31, 2020. Commercial Real Estate. The Company makes commercial real estate loans collateralized by owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied real estate to finance the purchase of real estate. The Company’s commercial real estate loans are collateralized by first liens on real estate, typically have variable interest rates (or five year or less fixed rates) and amortize over a 15- to 25-year period. Payments on loans secured by nonowner-occupied properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of loans. The Company seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, including giving careful consideration to the property’s operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical condition, in connection with underwriting these loans. The underwriting analysis also includes credit verification, analysis of global cash flow, appraisals and a review of the financial condition of the borrower and guarantor. Loans to hotels and restaurants are primarily included in commercial real estate loans. As of December 31, 2021, loans to hotels totaled $386.4 million (excluding PPP loans totaling $920 thousand or 2.1% of total loans, compared to $393.8 million (excluding PPP loans totaling $6.5 million) or 1.9% of total loans at December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2021, loans to restaurants totaled $201.7 million (excluding PPP loans totaling $29.3 million) or 1.1% of total loans, compared to $214.7 million (excluding PPP loans totaling $83.6 million) or 1.1% of total loans at December 31, 2020. 1-4 Family Residential Loans. The Company’s lending activities also include the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans (including home equity loans) collateralized by owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied residential properties located in the Company’s market areas. The Company offers a variety of mortgage loan portfolio products which generally are amortized over five to 30 years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 89% of appraised value. The Company requires mortgage title insurance, as well as hazard, wind and/or flood insurance as appropriate. The Company prefers to retain residential 50 mortgage loans for its own account rather than selling them into the secondary market. By doing so, the Company incurs interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with non-payments on such loans. The Company’s mortgage department also offers a variety of mortgage loan products which are generally amortized over 30 years, including FHA and VA loans, which are sold to secondary market investors. Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans. The Company makes loans to finance the construction of residential and nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have variable interest rates. The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company’s construction lending activities, with heightened analysis of construction and/or development costs. Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, the Company may not be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, the Company may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time. Although the Company has underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable levels of risks in construction lending, these procedures may not prevent losses from the risks described above. Warehouse Purchase Program. The Warehouse Purchase Program allows unaffiliated mortgage originators (“Clients”) to close 1-4 family real estate loans in their own name and manage their cash flow needs until the loans are sold to investors. The Company's Clients are strategically targeted for their experienced management teams and analyzed for the expected profitability of each Client’s business model over the long term. The Clients are located across the U.S. and originate mortgage loans primarily through traditional retail and/or wholesale business models using underwriting standards as required by United States government-sponsored enterprise agencies, “Agencies” such as Fannie Mae, private investors to which the mortgage loans are ultimately sold and/or mortgage insurers. At December 31, 2021, the Company had 39 mortgage banking company customers with aggregate uncommitted facilities (“Facilities”) of $3.06 billion and an actual aggregate outstanding balance of $1.78 billion; and the Clients’ individual Facilities ranged in size from $3.0 million to $250.0 million. A Facility is often supported by a payment guaranty of the Client’s owners holding significant ownership positions, along with non-interest-bearing compensating balance deposits in line with the Facility amount. Typical covenants include minimum tangible net worth, maximum leverage and minimum liquidity. As loans age, the Company requires loan curtailments to reduce the Company’s risk if an individual mortgage loan is not timely purchased by an investor. The average mortgage loan being purchased by the Company reflects a blend of Agency and private investor underwriting guidelines. At December 31, 2021 the Company’s mortgage warehouse portfolio had an average loan-to-value ratio (LTV) of 76%, an average credit score of 699 and an average loan size of $312,608. The Company’s purchases under these Facilities are priced using a combined base rate and a risk premium set for both product type (Prime, Jumbo, etc.) and age of the loan. Although not subject to any legally binding commitment, when the Company makes a purchase decision, it acquires a 100% participation interest in the mortgage loans originated by its Clients. Individual mortgage loans are warehoused in the Company’s portfolio only for a short duration, averaging less than 30 days. When instructed by a Client that a warehoused loan has been sold to an investor, the Company delivers the note to the investor that pays the Company, which in turn remits the net sales proceeds to the Client. Agriculture Loans. The Company provides agriculture loans for short-term livestock and crop production, including rice, cotton, milo and corn, farm equipment financing and agriculture real estate financing. The Company evaluates agriculture borrowers primarily based on their historical profitability, level of experience in their particular industry segment, overall financial capacity and the availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the industry. Because agriculture loans present a higher level of risk associated with events caused by nature, the Company routinely makes on-site visits and inspections in order to identify and monitor such risks. 51 Consumer Loans. Consumer loans made by the Company include direct “A”-credit automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, boat loans, home improvement loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized) and deposit account collateralized loans. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 180 months and vary based upon the nature of collateral and size of loan. Generally, consumer loans entail greater risk than do real estate secured loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or collateralized by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan balance. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, personal bankruptcy or death. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans. Loan Maturities. The contractual maturity ranges of the Company’s loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale of $7.3 million and Warehouse Purchase Program loans of $1.78 billion, by type of loan and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and variable rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2021 are summarized in the following table. Contractual maturities are based on contractual amounts outstanding and do not include loan purchase discounts of $13.0 million. One Year or Less After One Year Through Five Years After Fifteen Years Total After Five Years Through Fifteen Years (Dollars in thousands) 397,198 $ Commercial and industrial Real estate: $1,082,486 $ 1,120,737 $ 117,895 $ 2,718,316 Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (includes home equity) Commercial (includes multi-family residential) Agriculture (includes farmland) Consumer and other Total Loans with a predetermined interest rate Loans with a variable interest rate Total 553,334 28,704 309,002 137,589 99,034 $2,210,149 $ $ 701,296 $ 1,508,853 $2,210,149 $ 349,341 129,720 794,630 82,541 68,456 2,545,425 $ 930,027 $ 1,615,398 2,545,425 $ 830,179 3,333,136 1,723,818 172,694 57,827 566,878 2,160,200 2,438,913 228,215 63,625 2,299,732 5,651,760 5,266,363 621,039 288,942 5,855,029 $ 6,235,549 $ 16,846,152 3,477,742 $ 1,975,397 $ 7,084,462 2,377,287 9,761,690 4,260,152 5,855,029 $ 6,235,549 $ 16,846,152 The following table presents information regarding loans with contractual maturities of one year or more with a predetermined interest rate or a variable interest rate by type of loan at December 31, 2021. Commercial and industrial Real estate: Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (includes home equity) Commercial (includes multi-family residential) Agriculture (includes farmland) Consumer and other Total Loans with a predetermined interest rate Loans with a variable interest rate Total (Dollars in thousands) $ 540,288 $ 1,095,542 $ 1,635,830 323,880 3,729,482 1,473,146 231,753 84,618 6,383,167 $ 1,422,517 1,893,574 3,484,215 251,698 105,290 1,746,397 5,623,056 4,957,361 483,451 189,908 8,252,836 $14,636,003 $ 52 Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming assets include loans on nonaccrual status, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, repossessed assets and real estate which has been acquired through foreclosure and is awaiting disposition. Nonperforming assets do not include PCD loans unless the loan has deteriorated since the acquisition date. PCD loans are reported as nonperforming assets when a deterioration in projected cash flows is identified. The Company has several procedures in place to assist it in maintaining the overall quality of its loan portfolio. The Company has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers, and the Company also monitors its delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. Nevertheless, the Company’s loan portfolio could become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions. As part of the on-going monitoring of the Company’s loan portfolio and the methodology for calculating the allowance for credit losses on loans, management grades each loan from 1 to 9. For certain loans in risk grades 7 to 9, a specific reserve may be required when calculating the allowance for credit losses on loans. The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when the payment of principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. A loan may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured, which is typically evidenced by a sustained period (at least six months) of repayment performance by the borrower. With respect to potential problem loans, an evaluation of the borrower’s overall financial condition is made, together with an appraisal for loans collateralized by real estate, to determine the need, if any, for possible write- downs or appropriate additions to the allowance for credit losses on loans. The following table presents information regarding past due loans and nonperforming assets at the dates indicated. 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 December 31, Nonaccrual loans (1) Accruing loans 90 or more days past due Total nonperforming loans Repossessed assets Other real estate Total nonperforming assets $ $ 26,269 (2) $ 887 27,156 310 622 28,088 $ 47,185 (2) $ (Dollars in thousands) 55,243 (2) $ 441 55,684 323 6,936 62,943 1,699 48,884 93 10,593 59,570 $ $ 13,147 4,004 17,151 — 1,805 18,956 $ $ 25,264 1,004 26,268 35 11,152 37,455 Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate Nonperforming assets to total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans, and other real estate Nonaccrual loans to total loans Nonaccrual loans to total loans, excluding Warehouse 0.15% 0.29% 0.33% 0.18% 0.37% 0.17% 0.14% 0.34% 0.23% 0.36% 0.29% 0.18% 0.13% 0.37% 0.25% Purchase Program loans 0.16% 0.27% 0.32% 0.13% 0.25% (1) (2) Includes troubled debt restructurings of $4.2 million, $11.3 million, $13.6 million, $51 thousand and $53 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. There were no nonperforming or troubled debt restructurings of Warehouse Purchase Program loans or Warehouse Purchase Program lines of credit for the periods presented. 53 The following tables present information regarding past due loans and nonperforming assets differentiated among originated loans, re-underwritten acquired loans, Non-PCD loans and PCD loans at the dates indicated: December 31, 2021 Acquired Loans Re- Underwritten Acquired Loans Non-PCD Loans (Dollars in thousands) Originated Loans PCD Loans Total Loans Nonaccrual loans Accruing loans 90 or more days past due Total nonperforming loans Repossessed assets Other real estate Total nonperforming assets $ $ 19,712 770 20,482 310 223 21,015 $ $ Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate by category Nonperforming assets to total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans, and other real estate by category Nonaccrual loans to total loans Nonaccrual loans to total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans 0.14% 0.16% 0.13% 0.15% $ $ 630 117 747 — — 747 0.04% 0.04% 0.04% 0.04% 5,759 — 5,759 — 399 6,158 $ $ 0.30% 0.30% 0.28% 0.28% December 31, 2020 Acquired Loans 168 — 168 — — 168 $ $ 26,269 887 27,156 310 622 28,088 0.21% 0.15% 0.21% 0.17% 0.21% 0.14% 0.21% 0.16% Re- Underwritten Acquired Loans Originated Loans Nonaccrual loans Accruing loans 90 or more days past due Total nonperforming loans Repossessed assets Other real estate Total nonperforming assets $ $ 32,650 396 33,046 93 7,711 40,850 $ $ 2,953 — 2,953 — — 2,953 Non-PCD Loans (Dollars in thousands) $ $ 10,867 1,303 12,170 — 2,882 15,052 $ $ PCD Loans Total Loans 715 — 715 — — 715 $ $ 47,185 1,699 48,884 93 10,593 59,570 Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate by category 0.29% 0.15% 0.39% 0.39% 0.29% Nonperforming assets to total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans, and other real estate by category Nonaccrual loans to total loans Nonaccrual loans to total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans 0.36% 0.23% 0.29% 0.15% 0.15% 0.39% 0.28% 0.39% 0.39% 0.34% 0.23% 0.15% 0.28% 0.39% 0.27% The Company had $28.1 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2021 compared with $59.6 million at December 31, 2020 and $62.9 million at December 31, 2019. The nonperforming assets consisted of 157 separate credits or other real estate properties at December 31, 2021, compared with 208 at December 31, 2020 and 232 at December 31, 2019. If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued under the original loan terms, approximately $6.5 million, $3.3 million and $2.9 million would have been recorded as income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company had $26.3 million, $47.2 million and $55.2 million in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2021, of the total nonperforming assets, $21.0 million resulted from originated loans, $747 thousand resulted from re-underwritten acquired loans, $6.2 million resulted from Non-PCD loans and $168 thousand resulted from PCD loans. At December 31, 2020, of the total nonperforming assets, $40.9 million resulted from 54 originated loans, $3.0 million resulted from re-underwritten acquired loans, $15.1 million resulted from Non-PCD loans and $715 thousand resulted from PCD loans. A PCD loan becomes impaired when there is a deterioration in projected cash flows after acquisition. Nonperforming assets were 0.15% of total loans and other real estate at December 31, 2021 compared with 0.29% of total loans and other real estate at December 31, 2020. The allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of total nonperforming loans was 1054.6% at December 31, 2021 and 646.6% at December 31, 2020. Allowance for Credit Losses The following table presents, as of and for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for credit losses and other related data: Average loans outstanding Gross loans outstanding at end of period Allowance for credit losses on loans at beginning $19,133,600 $18,616,144 2021 2020 2018 2017 Years Ended December 31, 2019 (Dollars in thousands) $11,972,093 $18,845,346 $19,862,527 $20,246,944 $10,141,625 $10,370,313 $ 9,822,225 $10,020,773 of period Cumulative effect from adoption of ASU 2016-13 Provision for credit losses Charge-offs: $ 316,068 — — $ 87,469 240,538 20,000 $ $ 86,440 — 4,300 $ 84,041 — 16,350 85,326 — 14,325 Commercial and industrial Real estate and agriculture Consumer and other Recoveries: Commercial and industrial Real estate and agriculture Consumer and other Net charge-offs (10,735) (18,588) (4,053) 1,682 694 1,312 (29,688)(1) (26,011) (4,692) (4,867) 1,404 856 1,371 (31,939)(1) (3,073) (723) (4,061) 2,189 1,430 967 (3,271)(1) (11,296) (2,291) (4,186) 2,261 410 1,151 (13,951) (14,836) (446) (3,652) 1,763 506 1,055 (15,610) Allowance for credit losses on loans at end of period $ 286,380 $ 316,068 $ 87,469 $ 86,440 $ 84,041 Ratio of allowance to end of period loans(2) Ratio of allowance to end of period loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans(2) Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans Ratio of allowance to end of period nonperforming loans Ratio of allowance to end of period nonaccrual 1.54% 1.56% 0.46% 0.83% 0.84% 1.70% 0.16% 1.82% 0.16% 0.51% 0.03% 0.83% 0.14% 0.84% 0.16% 1054.6% 646.6% 157.1% 504.0% 319.9% loans 1090.2% 669.8% 158.3% 657.5% 332.7% There was no net charge-off activity on Warehouse Purchase Program loans during the periods presented. (1) (2) ASU 2016-13 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted CECL. Upon adoption of CECL, all loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 were included in the allowance for credit losses methodology, with no offset provided for any remaining fair value marks. In addition, all loans previously accounted for under ASC 310-30 had their credit marks reclassified to be included in the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is adjusted through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate as of December 31, 2021 for estimated losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance for credit losses on loans is affected by the following: (1) charge-offs of loans that occur when loans are deemed uncollectible and decrease the allowance, (2) recoveries on loans previously charged off that increase the allowance, (3) provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance, and (4) provision releases returned to earnings that decrease the 55 allowance. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio and consideration of the factors listed below, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. Although management believes it uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the allowance for credit losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions or the borrower’s performance differ from the assumptions used in making the initial determinations. The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two components: (1) a specific valuation allowance based on expected lifetime losses on specifically identified loans and (2) a general valuation allowance based on historical lifetime loan loss experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. In setting the specific valuation allowance, the Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the total loan portfolio and assigns risk grades to each loan. Through this loan review process, the Company maintains an internal list of impaired loans which, along with the delinquency list of loans, helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. All loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific reserve is required. For certain impaired loans, the Company allocates a specific loan loss reserve primarily based on the value of the collateral securing the impaired loan. The specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general valuation allowance described below. In connection with this review of the loan portfolio, the Company considers risk elements attributable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements include: • • • • • • • for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, including a consideration of the debt to income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of collateral; the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, for commercial mortgage loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the property in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type; for construction, land development and other land loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio; for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral; for the Warehouse Purchase Program, the capitalization and liquidity of the mortgage banking client, the operating experience, the Client’s satisfactory underwriting of purchased loans and the consistent timeliness by Client of loan resale to investors; for agriculture real estate loans, the experience and financial capability of the borrower, projected debt service coverage of the operations of the borrower and loan to value ratio; and for non-real estate agriculture loans, the operating results, experience and financial capability of the borrower, historical and expected market conditions and the value, nature and marketability of collateral. In addition, for each category, the Company considers secondary sources of income and the financial strength and credit history of the borrower and any guarantors. 56 In determining the amount of the general valuation allowance, management considers factors such as historical lifetime loan loss experience, concentration risk of specific loan types, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review process, general economic conditions, other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company and other relevant factors. Historical lifetime loan loss experience is determined by utilizing an open-pool (“cumulative loss rate”) methodology. Adjustments to the historical lifetime loan loss experience are made for differences in current loan pool risk characteristics such as portfolio concentrations, delinquency, non-accrual, and watch list levels, as well as changes in current and forecasted economic conditions such as unemployment rates, property and collateral values, and other indices relating to economic activity. The utilization of reasonable and supportable forecasts includes an immediate reversion to lifetime historical loss rates. Based on a review of these factors for each loan type, the Company applies an estimated percentage to the outstanding balance of each loan type, excluding any loan that has a specific reserve allocated to it. The Company uses this information to establish the amount of the general valuation allowance. A change in the allowance for credit losses can be attributable to several factors, most notably (1) specific reserves identified for impaired loans, (2) historical lifetime credit loss information, (3) changes in current and forecasted environmental factors and (4) growth in the balance of loans. Changes in the Company’s asset quality are reflected in the allowance in several ways. Specific reserves that are calculated on a loan-by-loan basis and the qualitative assessment of all other loans reflect current changes in the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Historical lifetime credit losses, on the other hand, are based on an open-pool (“cumulative loss rate”) methodology, which is then applied to estimate lifetime credit losses in the loan portfolio. A deterioration in the credit quality of the loan portfolio in the current period would increase the historical lifetime loss rate to be applied in future periods, just as an improvement in credit quality would decrease the historical lifetime loss rate. The allowance for credit losses is further determined by the size of the loan portfolio subject to the allowance methodology and environmental factors that include Company-specific risk indicators and general economic conditions, both of which are constantly changing. The Company evaluates the economic and portfolio-specific factors on a quarterly basis to determine a qualitative component of the general valuation allowance. The factors include current economic metrics, reasonable and supportable forecasted economic metrics, business conditions, delinquency trends, credit concentrations, nature and volume of the portfolio and other adjustments for items not covered by specific reserves and historical lifetime loss experience. Management’s assessment of qualitative factors is a statistically based approach to determine the loss rate adjustment associated with such factors. Based on the Company’s actual historical lifetime loan loss experience relative to economic and loan portfolio-specific factors at the time the losses occurred, management is able to identify the expected level of lifetime losses as of the date of measurement. The correlation of historical loss experience with current and forecasted economic conditions provides an estimate of lifetime losses that has not been previously factored into the general valuation allowance by the determination of specific reserves and lifetime historical losses. Additionally, the Company considers qualitative factors not easily quantified and the possibility of model imprecision. Utilizing the aggregation of specific reserves, historical loss experience and a qualitative component, management is able to determine the valuation allowance to reflect the full lifetime loss. The Company accounts for its acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets, including loans, and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. These fair value estimates associated with acquired loans, and based on a discounted cash flow model, include estimates related to market interest rates and undiscounted projections of future cash flows that incorporate expectations of prepayments and the amount and timing of principal, interest and other cash flows, as well as any shortfalls thereof. Non-PCD loans that were not deemed impaired subsequent to the acquisition date are considered non-impaired and are evaluated as part of the general valuation allowance. Non-PCD loans that have deteriorated to an impaired status subsequent to acquisition are evaluated for a specific reserve on a quarterly basis which, when identified, is added to the allowance for credit losses. The Company reviews impaired Non-PCD loans on a loan-by-loan basis and determines the specific reserve based on the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and one of three 57 factors: expected future cash flows, observable market price or fair value of the collateral. Because essentially all of the Company’s impaired Non-PCD loans have been collateral-dependent, the amount of the specific reserve historically has been determined by comparing the fair value of the collateral securing the Non-PCD loan with the recorded investment in such loan. In the future, the Company will continue to analyze impaired Non-PCD loans on a loan-by-loan basis and may use an alternative measurement method to determine the specific reserve, as appropriate and in accordance with applicable accounting standards. PCD loans are individually monitored on a quarterly basis to assess for changes in expected cash flows subsequent to acquisition. If a deterioration in cash flows is identified, an increase to the specific reserve for that loan is made. PCD loans were recorded at their acquisition date fair values, which were based on expected cash flows and considers estimates of expected future credit losses. The Company’s estimates of loan fair values at the acquisition date may be adjusted for a period of up to one year as the Company continues to evaluate its estimate of expected future cash flows at the acquisition date. If the Company determines that losses arose after the acquisition date, the additional losses will be reflected as a provision for credit losses. See “Critical Accounting Policies” above for more information. As described in the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies” above, the Company’s determination of the allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. The Company’s analysis of qualitative, or environmental, factors on pools of loans with common risk characteristics, in combination with the quantitative historical lifetime loss information and specific reserves, provides the Company with an estimate of lifetime losses. The allowance must reflect changes in the balance of loans subject to the allowance methodology, as well as the estimated lifetime losses associated with those loans. The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for credit losses among various categories of loans and certain other information as of the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category. 2021 Percent of Loans to 2020 Percent of Loans to December 31, 2019 Percent of Loans to 2018 Percent of Loans to Amount(1) Total Loans(2) Amount(1) Total Loans(2) Amount Total Loans(2) Amount Total Loans Amount (Dollars in thousands) 2017 Percent of Loans to Total Loans Balance of allowance for credit losses on loans applicable to: Commercial and industrial $ Real estate Agriculture and agriculture real estate Consumer and other Total allowance for credit losses on loans 80,412 190,612 7,759 7,597 16.1 % $ 116,795 78.5 % 177,304 3.7 % 1.7 % 7,824 14,145 21.1 % $ 40,445 73.4 % 42,263 3.4 % 2,971 2.1 % 1,790 18.5 % $ 40,223 75.2 % 40,937 14.3 % $ 38,810 75.9 % 39,933 4.0 % 3,693 2.3 % 1,587 7.0 % 3,772 2.8 % 1,526 14.8 % 75.5 % 6.9 % 2.8 % $ 286,380 100.0 % $ 316,068 100.0 % $ 87,469 100.0 % $ 86,440 100.0 % $ 84,041 100.0 % (1) ASU 2016-13 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. (2) Loans outstanding as a percentage of total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans. The Company further disaggregates its allowance for credit losses to distinguish between the portion of the allowance attributed to originated loans and the portion attributed to acquired loans. 58 The following tables present, as of and for the periods indicated, information regarding the allowance for credit losses on loans differentiated between originated loans and acquired loans, which includes re-underwritten acquired loans, Non-PCD loans and PCD loans. Reported net charge-offs may include those from Non-PCD loans and PCD loans, but only if the total charge-off required is greater than the remaining discount. Average loans outstanding Gross loans outstanding at end of period Allowance for credit losses on loans at beginning of period Provision for credit losses Charge-offs: Commercial and industrial Real estate and agriculture Consumer and other Recoveries: Commercial and industrial Real estate and agriculture Consumer and other Net charge-offs(1) Allowance for credit losses on loans at end of period Ratio of allowance to end of period loans Ratio of allowance to end of period loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans Ratio of allowance to end of period nonperforming loans Ratio of allowance to end of period nonaccrual loans $ Originated Loans As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Acquired Loans (Dollars in thousands) $ 4,437,141 $ 3,869,776 165,438 $ (41,631) $ 19,133,600 $ 18,616,144 316,068 $ — 14,696,459 14,746,368 150,630 41,631 Total $ $ $ (3,922) (820) (3,726) 1,160 673 1,110 (5,525) 186,736 $ (6,813) (17,768) (327) 522 21 202 (24,163) 99,644 $ (10,735) (18,588) (4,053) 1,682 694 1,312 (29,688) 286,380 1.27% 2.57% 1.54% 1.44% 0.04% 911.7% 947.3% 2.57% 0.54% 1493.0% 1519.7% 1.70% 0.16% 1054.6% 1090.2% Average loans outstanding Gross loans outstanding at end of period Allowance for credit losses on loans at beginning of period Cumulative effect from adoption of ASU 2016-13 Provision for credit losses Charge-offs: Commercial and industrial Real estate and agriculture Consumer and other Recoveries: Commercial and industrial Real estate and agriculture Consumer and other Net charge-offs(1) Allowance for credit losses on loans at end of period Ratio of allowance to end of period loans Ratio of allowance to end of period loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans Ratio of allowance to end of period nonperforming loans Ratio of allowance to end of period nonaccrual loans $ Total Originated Loans As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 Acquired Loans (Dollars in thousands) $ 6,843,689 $ 6,041,248 10,456 $ 212,431 (30,927) $ 13,018,838 $ 14,205,696 77,013 $ 28,107 50,927 $ 19,862,527 $ 20,246,944 87,469 $ 240,538 20,000 (1,226) (2,384) (4,342) 452 750 1,333 (5,417) 150,630 $ (24,785) (2,308) (525) 952 106 38 (26,522) 165,438 $ (26,011) (4,692) (4,867) 1,404 856 1,371 (31,939) 316,068 1.06% 2.74% 1.56% 1.33% 0.04% 455.8% 461.3% 2.74% 0.39% 1044.6% 1138.2% 1.82% 0.16% 646.6% 669.8% (1) There was no net charge-off activity on Warehouse Purchase Program loans during the periods presented. 59 The Company had gross charge-offs on originated loans of $8.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $8.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. Partially offsetting these charge-offs were recoveries on originated loans of $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Total charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2021 were $33.4 million, partially offset by total recoveries of $3.7 million. Total charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $35.6 million, partially offset by total recoveries of $3.6 million. The following table shows the allocation of the net charge-offs and net recoveries among various categories of loans as of the dates indicated. December 31 2021 Percent of Net Charge-offs to Total Average Loans Amount 2020 Percent of Net Charge-offs to Total Average Loans Amount (Dollars in thousands) Balance of net (charge-offs) recoveries applicable to: Commercial and industrial Real estate: Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (including home equity) Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential) Agriculture (includes farmland) Consumer and other Total net charge-offs $ (9,053) 0.05% $ (24,607) 276 (35) (18,276) 141 (2,741) (29,688) $ 0.00% 0.00% 0.10% 0.00% 0.01% 0.16% $ (350) (2,290) (1,221) 25 (3,496) (31,939) 0.12% 0.00% 0.01% 0.01% 0.00% 0.02% 0.16% The following tables show the allocation of the allowance for credit losses among various categories of loans disaggregated between originated loans, re-underwritten acquired loans, Non-PCD loans and PCD loans at the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category, regardless of whether allocated to an originated loan or an acquired loan. December 31, 2021 Acquired Loans Originated Loans Re- Underwritten Acquired Loans Non-PCD Loans PCD Loans (Dollars in thousands) Total Allowance Percent of Loans to Total Loans(1) 29,525 $ 10,944 $ 6,966 $ 11,630 943 471 80,412 190,612 7,759 7,597 42,569 $ 31,791 $ 25,284 $ 286,380 20,282 168 397 16,899 12 1,407 16.1% 78.5% 3.7% 1.7% 100.0% Balance of allowance for credit losses on loans applicable to: Commercial and industrial Real estate Agriculture and agriculture real estate Consumer and other Total allowance for credit losses on loans $ 32,977 $ 141,801 6,636 5,322 $ 186,736 $ 60 December 31, 2020 Acquired Loans Originated Loans Re- Underwritten Acquired Loans Non-PCD Loans PCD Loans (Dollars in thousands) Total Allowance Percent of Loans to Total Loans(1) Balance of allowance for credit losses on loans applicable to: Commercial and industrial Real estate Agriculture and agriculture real estate Consumer and other Total allowance for credit losses on loans $ 31,537 $ 106,154 6,233 6,706 $ 150,630 $ 29,358 $ 31,798 $ 24,102 $ 116,795 177,304 11,363 7,824 1,189 14,145 715 42,625 $ 63,050 $ 59,763 $ 316,068 29,593 172 5,896 30,194 230 828 21.1% 73.4% 3.4% 2.1% 100.0% (1) Loans outstanding as a percentage of total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans. At December 31, 2021, the allowance for credit losses on loans totaled $286.4 million or 1.54% of total loans, including acquired loans with discounts, a decrease of $29.7 million or 9.4% compared to the allowance for credit losses on loans totaling $316.1 million or 1.56% of total loans, including acquired loans with discounts, for December 31, 2020. Net charge-offs were $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2021 included $12.7 million related to resolved PCD loans and $10.8 million related to the partial charge-off of one commercial real estate loan obtained through acquisition. The PCD loans had specific reserves of $12.9 million, of which $9.9 million was allocated to the charge-offs and $3.0 million moved to the general reserve. Further, an additional $21.6 million of specific reserves on resolved PCD loans without any related charge- offs was released to the general reserve. PPP loans totaling $169.9 million as of December 31, 2021, are fully guaranteed by the SBA and do not carry an allowance. At December 31, 2020, the allowance for credit losses on loans totaled $316.1 million or 1.56% of total loans, including acquired loans with discounts, an increase of $228.6 million compared to the allowance for credit losses on loans totaling $87.5 million or 0.46% of total loans, including acquired loans with discounts, for December 31, 2019. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted CECL. Upon adoption of CECL, the Company recognized an increase in allowance for credit losses on loans of $108.7 million, of which $102.5 million was related to LegacyTexas and an increase in allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures of $24.4 million, of which $6.3 million was related to LegacyTexas, with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings (pre-tax). Additionally, the Company recognized an increase in the allowance for credit losses for loans of $131.8 million, of which $130.3 million was related to LegacyTexas, due to the reclass of PCD credit discounts as a result of adopting CECL. At December 31, 2021, $186.7 million of the allowance for credit losses on loans was attributable to originated loans compared with $150.6 million of the allowance at December 31, 2020, an increase of $36.1 million or 24.0%. At December 31, 2021, $42.6 million of the allowance for credit losses on loans was attributable to re-underwritten acquired loans compared with $42.6 million of the allowance at December 31, 2020, a decrease of $56 thousand or 0.1%. At December 31, 2021, $31.8 million of the allowance for credit losses on loans was attributable to Non-PCD loans compared to $63.1 million of the allowance at December 31, 2020, a decrease of $31.3 million or 49.6%. At December 31, 2021, $25.3 million of the allowance for credit losses on loans attributable to PCD loans compared to $59.8 million of the allowance at December 31, 2020, a decrease of $34.5 million or 57.7%. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $13.0 million of total outstanding accretable discounts on Non-PCD and PCD loans. At December 31, 2020, the Company had $53.8 million of total outstanding accretable discounts on Non-PCD and PCD loans. The Company believes that the allowance for credit losses on loans at December 31, 2021 is adequate to absorb expected lifetime losses that may be realized from the loan portfolio as of such date. Nevertheless, the Company could sustain losses in future periods that could be substantial in relation to the size of the allowance at December 31, 2021. 61 Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which there is exposure to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, except when an obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance is adjusted by provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance, or by provision releases returned to earnings that decrease the allowance. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on the commitments expected to fund. The estimate of commitments expected to fund is affected by historical analysis of utilization rates. The expected credit loss rates applied to the commitments expected to fund are affected by the general valuation allowance utilized for outstanding balances with the same underlying assumptions and drivers. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $29.9 million in allowance for credit losses on off- balance sheet credit exposures. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures is a separate line item on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Securities The Company uses its securities portfolio to manage interest rate risk and as a source of income and liquidity for cash requirements. At December 31, 2021, the carrying amount of investment securities totaled $12.82 billion, an increase of $4.28 billion or 50.1% compared with $8.54 billion at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, securities represented 33.9% of total assets compared with 25.1% of total assets at December 31, 2020. At the date of purchase, the Company is required to classify debt and equity securities into one of three categories: held to maturity, trading or available for sale. At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed. Investments in debt securities are classified as held to maturity and measured at amortized cost in the financial statements only if management has the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Investments not classified as either held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses reported, net of tax, in a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. The following table summarizes the carrying value by classification of securities as of the dates shown: 2021 December 31, 2020 2019 Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value (Dollars in thousands) Available for Sale States and political subdivisions Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total Held to Maturity U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government agencies States and political subdivisions Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total $ $ — $ 483,761 28,881 512,642 $ — $ 485,671 29,261 514,932 $ — $ 611,353 39,187 650,540 $ — $ 470 $ 471 235,773 235,222 612,334 39,180 51,419 51,209 651,514 $ 286,901 $ 287,663 $ — $ — $ 13,991 245,790 204,212 7,839,858 $ 12,303,969 $12,251,213 $ 7,891,306 $ 8,039,142 $ 8,282,393 $ 8,303,851 13,933 $ 238,347 203,470 7,826,643 138,474 40,080 12,072,659 132,620 39,675 12,131,674 166,175 96,000 7,629,131 174,484 97,450 7,767,208 — $ — $ The investment securities portfolio is measured for expected credit losses by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate expected credit losses methodology. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held to maturity are evaluated for expected credit losses under FASB ASC 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.” 62 Available for sale securities. For available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position, the amount of the expected credit losses recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the expected credit losses will be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the expected credit losses will be separated into the amount representing the credit-related portion of the impairment loss (“credit loss”) and the noncredit portion of the impairment loss (“noncredit portion”). The amount of the total expected credit losses related to the credit loss is determined based on the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis, and such difference is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total expected credit losses related to the noncredit portion is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the expected credit losses recognized in earnings will become the new amortized cost basis of the investment. As of December 31, 2021, management does not have the intent to sell any of the securities classified as available for sale before a recovery of cost. In addition, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell any of its investment securities before a recovery of cost. The unrealized losses are largely due to changes in market interest rates and spread relationships since the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021, management believes that there is no potential for credit losses on available for sale securities. Held to maturity securities. The Company’s held to maturity investments include mortgage-related bonds issued by either the Government National Mortgage Corporation (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Ginnie Mae issued securities are explicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, while Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac issued securities are fully guaranteed by those respective United States government-sponsored agencies, and conditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The Company’s held to maturity securities also include taxable and tax- exempt municipal securities issued primarily by school districts, utility districts and municipalities located in Texas. The Company’s investment in municipal securities is exposed to credit risk. The securities are highly rated by major rating agencies and regularly reviewed by management. A significant portion are guaranteed or insured by either the Texas Permanent School Fund, Assured Guaranty or Build America Mutual. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s municipal securities represent 1.0% of the securities portfolio. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021, management believes that there is no potential for material credit losses on held to maturity securities. 63 The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities and their weighted average yields as of December 31, 2021. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date at which the last underlying mortgage matures. The weighted average life of the Company’s securities portfolio is 4.20 years, with a modified duration of 3.77 at December 31, 2021. Available for sale securities are shown at fair value and held to maturity securities are shown at amortized cost. For purposes of the table below, tax-exempt states and political subdivisions are calculated on a tax equivalent basis. Within One Year Amount Yield After One Year but Within Five Years Yield Amount December 31, 2021 After Five Years but Within Ten Years Amount (Dollars in thousands) Yield After Ten Years Amount Yield Total Total Yield States and political subdivisions Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total $14,595 3.77% $ 69,726 4.35% $ 31,344 3.42% $ 16,955 2.18% $ 132,620 3.79% 1 — 29,485 1,589 2.67% 187,400 $16,185 3.67% $286,611 0.69% 377,294 2.48% 2,586,544 2.75% $ 2,995,182 0.53% 118,566 0.58% 525,346 0.55% 2.00% 9,385,402 1.69% 12,160,935 1.77% 1.83% $9,520,923 1.68% $12,818,901 1.74% The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is not a reliable indicator of their expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage- backed securities monthly pay downs cause the average lives of the securities to be much different than their stated lives. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal, and consequently, the average life of this security will be lengthened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments may increase, thereby shortening the estimated life of this security. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its agencies) for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at such respective dates. The average tax equivalent yield of the securities portfolio was 1.74% as of December 31, 2021 compared with 1.76% and 2.34% as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to the investment in lower yielding securities and higher prepayments. The average tax equivalent yield on the securities portfolio is based upon expected prepayment speeds, other industry standard projections and on a 21% tax rate in 2021, 2020 and 2019. The average yield excluding the tax equivalent adjustment was 1.55% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with 2.08% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2.34% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The overall growth in the average securities portfolio over the comparable periods was primarily funded by average deposit growth. Mortgage-backed securities are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages and which are principally issued by federal agencies such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and minimum regular monthly cash flows of principal and interest are guaranteed by the issuing agencies. Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-backed securities provide cash flows from regular principal and interest payments and principal prepayments throughout the lives of the securities. Premiums and discounts on mortgage-backed securities are amortized over the expected life of the security and may be impacted by prepayments. As such, mortgage-backed securities which are purchased at a premium will generally suffer decreasing net yields as interest rates drop because homeowners tend to refinance their mortgages resulting in prepayments and an acceleration of premium amortization. Securities purchased at a discount will obtain higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate environment as prepayments result in an acceleration of discount accretion. At December 31, 2021, 77.2% of the mortgage-backed securities held by the Company had contractual final maturities of more than ten years with a weighted average life of 4.70 years. 64 Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are bonds that are backed by pools of mortgages. The pools can be Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pools or they can be private-label pools. CMOs are designed so that the mortgage collateral will generate a cash flow sufficient to provide for the timely repayment of the bonds. So long as the collateral cash flow is adequate to meet scheduled bond payments, the mortgage collateral pool can be structured to accommodate various desired bond repayment schedules. This is accomplished by dividing the bonds into classes to which payments on the underlying mortgage pools are allocated in different order. The bond’s cash flow, for example, can be dedicated to one class of bondholders at a time, thereby increasing call protection to bondholders. In private-label CMOs, losses on underlying mortgages are directed to the most junior of all classes and then to the classes above in order of increasing seniority, which means that the senior classes have enough credit protection to be given the highest credit rating by the rating agencies. Deposits The Company’s lending and investing activities are primarily funded by deposits. The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms including demand, savings, money market and time accounts. The Company relies primarily on competitive pricing policies and customer service to attract and retain these deposits. Total deposits at December 31, 2021 were $30.77 billion, an increase of $3.41 billion or 12.5% compared with $27.36 billion at December 31, 2020. Total deposits at December 31, 2020 were $27.36 billion, an increase of $3.16 billion or 13.1% compared with $24.20 billion at December 31, 2019. Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2021 were $10.75 billion compared with $9.1 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $1.60 billion or 17.5%. Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2020 were $9.15 billion compared with $7.76 billion at December 31, 2019, an increase of $1.39 billion or 17.9%. Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2021 were $20.02 billion, an increase of $1.81 billion or 10.0% compared with $18.21 billion at December 31, 2020. Interest- bearing deposits at December 31, 2020 were $18.21 billion, an increase of $1.77 billion or 10.8% compared with $16.44 billion at December 31, 2019. The daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are presented below: Interest-bearing checking Regular savings Money market savings Time deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Noninterest-bearing deposits Total deposits 2021 Average Balance Average Rate Years Ended December 31, 2020 Average Balance Average Rate (Dollars in thousands) 2019 Average Balance Average Rate $ 6,169,864 3,162,686 6,720,863 2,917,976 18,971,389 10,036,519 $29,007,908 0.28% $ 5,177,736 2,796,382 0.11 5,858,492 0.24 3,194,274 0.55 17,026,884 0.28 8,558,385 — 0.18% $25,585,269 0.43% $ 3,917,413 2,269,507 0.20 3,672,422 0.55 2,314,174 1.34 12,173,516 0.60 6,006,914 — 0.40% $18,180,430 0.61% 0.44 1.10 1.59 0.92 — 0.61% The Company’s ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 34.6%, 33.5% and 33.0%, respectively. The following table sets forth the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit that are $250,000 or greater by time remaining until maturity at December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands): Three months or less Over three through six months Over six through 12 months Over 12 months Total $ 292,900 302,351 436,677 196,807 $ 1,228,735 23.8% 24.6 35.6 16.0 100.0% 65 Total uninsured deposits, including certificates of deposits, were $14.70 billion and $12.53 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Other Borrowings The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings consist of funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and securities sold under repurchase agreements. The following table presents the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2021 and 2020: FHLB Advances Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements FHLB Long- Term Notes Payable (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2021 Amount outstanding at year-end Weighted average interest rate at year-end Maximum month-end balance during the year Average balance outstanding during the year Weighted average interest rate during the year $ $ $ — $ — — $ — $ — 0.17% — $ 448,099 — — $ 460,288 — $ 410,747 — 0.17% December 31, 2020 Amount outstanding at year-end Weighted average interest rate at year-end Maximum month-end balance during the year Average balance outstanding during the year Weighted average interest rate during the year $ — $ — $1,335,000 $ 326,175 $ $ — $ 389,583 — 3,630 3,101 $ 402,878 $ 371,872 0.22% 1.04% 5.42% 0.44% 4.80% Subordinated Notes $ $ $ $ $ $ — — — — — — — 125,731 114,499 FHLB advances and long-term notes payable—The Company has an available line of credit with the FHLB of Dallas which allows the Company to borrow on a collateralized basis. The Company’s FHLB advances are typically considered short-term borrowings and are used to manage liquidity as needed. Maturing advances are replaced by drawing on available cash, making additional borrowings or through increased customer deposits. At December 31, 2021, the Company had total funds of $13.59 billion available under this line. At December 31, 2021, the Company had no FHLB advances and long-term notes payable. Securities sold under repurchase agreements with Company customers—At December 31, 2021, the Company had $448.1 million in securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with $389.6 million at December 31, 2020, with weighted average rates paid of 0.17% and 0.44% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Repurchase agreements are generally settled on the following business day; however, approximately $5.4 million of repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2021 have maturity dates ranging from 6 to 24 months. All securities sold under repurchase agreements are collateralized by certain pledged securities. Subordinated notes—On November 30, 2020, the Company redeemed the $125.0 million in subordinated notes assumed in the Merger. The redemption was funded by dividends from Prosperity Bank. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no subordinated notes outstanding. Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk The Company’s asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the guidelines for effective funds management, and the Company has established a measurement system for monitoring its net interest rate sensitivity position. The Company manages its sensitivity position within established guidelines. As a financial institution, the Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates ultimately will impact both (1) the level of income and expense recorded on most of the Company’s assets and liabilities and (2) the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, 66 other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income, a loss of current fair market values, or both. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while maximizing income. The Company primarily manages its exposure to interest rates by structuring its balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not employ material amounts of instruments such as leveraged derivatives, interest rate swaps, financial options, financial future contracts or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of the Company’s operations, with the exception of how commodity prices may impact the Company’s borrowers’ ability to repay loans, the Company is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. The Company is not involved in trading assets for its own account. The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which consists of senior officers of the Company, in accordance with policies approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The ALCO formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the ALCO considers the impact on earnings and capital of the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes in interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The ALCO meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the ALCO reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (1) an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; and (2) an interest rate shock simulation model. The Company has traditionally managed its business to reduce its overall exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company uses an interest rate risk simulation model and shock analysis to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Contractual maturities and repricing opportunities of loans are incorporated in the model as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the investment portfolio. Assumptions based on past experience are incorporated into the model for nonmaturity deposit accounts. The assumptions used are inherently uncertain, and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies. The Company utilizes static balance sheet rate shocks to estimate the potential impact on net interest income of changes in interest rates under various rate scenarios. This analysis estimates a percentage of change in the metric from the stable rate base scenario versus alternative scenarios of rising and falling market interest rates by instantaneously shocking a static balance sheet. The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income at the 12-month horizon, considering the balance sheet composition as of December 31, 2021 and 2020: Percent Change in Net Interest Income Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points) +200 +100 Base -100 December 31, 2021 11.0% 4.9% 0.0% (5.4)% December 31, 2020 15.5% 8.5% 0.0% (2.8)% The Company continues to manage its asset sensitivity within the scope of its risk tolerances and changing market conditions. At December 31, 2021, a projected 200 basis point increase in rates resulted in a projected increase in net interest income of 11.0% compared with 15.5% increase at December 31, 2020. These projections can be impacted by a variety of factors, including changes in interest rates, changes in model assumptions and shifts in the Company’s balance sheet composition. During 2021, the Company gradually increased its volume of fixed-rate investment securities due to the increase in long-term interest rates and growth in deposits. At December 31, 2021, 67 securities represented 33.9% of total assets compared with 25.1% of total assets at December 31, 2020. This change in the securities to total assets was the primary reason for the decline in the Company’s projected asset sensitivity. The results are significantly influenced by the behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits and the overall balance sheet composition during such rate fluctuations. The Company has found that, historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount and federal funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a gap analysis. The assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various strategies. LIBOR Transition As of December 31, 2021, LIBOR was used as an index rate for the majority of the Company’s interest-rate swaps and approximately 11.4% of the Company’s loan portfolio. On September 30, 2021, the Company began transitioning away from LIBOR to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or other alternative variable rate indexes for its interest-rate swaps and loans historically using LIBOR as an index. Liquidity Liquidity involves the Company’s ability to raise funds to support asset growth and acquisitions or reduce assets to meet deposit withdrawals and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate the Company on an ongoing basis and manage unexpected events. During 2021 and 2020, the Company’s liquidity needs have primarily been met by core deposits, security and loan maturities and amortizing investment and loan portfolios. During 2020, the Company also utilized advances from the FHLB of Dallas. Although access to purchased funds from correspondent banks is available and has been utilized on occasion to take advantage of investment opportunities, the Company does not generally rely on this external funding source. The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the average assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets for the periods indicated. Average assets totaled $35.98 billion for 2021 compared with $32.65 billion for 2020. Source of Funds: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Securities sold under repurchase agreements Other borrowings Subordinated notes Other noninterest-bearing liabilities Shareholders’ equity Total Uses of Funds: Loans Securities Federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets Other noninterest-earning assets Total Average noninterest-bearing deposits to average 2021 2020 27.90% 52.74 1.14 — — 0.65 17.57 100.00% 53.19% 31.49 3.37 11.95 100.00% 26.22% 52.16 1.14 1.01 0.35 0.82 18.30 100.00% 60.84% 24.58 1.62 12.96 100.00% deposits Average loans to average deposits 34.60% 65.96% 33.45% 77.63% 68 The Company’s largest source of funds is deposits and its principal uses of funds are securities and loans. The Company does not expect a change in the source or use of its funds in the foreseeable future. The Company’s average deposits increased 13.4% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company’s average loans decreased 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company predominantly invests excess deposits in government-backed securities until the funds are needed to fund loan growth. The Company’s securities portfolio has a weighted average life of 4.20 years and a modified duration of 3.77 at December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had outstanding $4.35 billion in commitments to extend credit, $102.6 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and $1.31 billion in commitments associated with unused capacity on Warehouse Purchase Program loans. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the total outstanding may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or capital expenditures of a material nature. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $2.55 billion compared with $1.34 billion at December 31, 2020. Share Repurchases On January 18, 2022, the Company announced a stock repurchase program that authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 4.6 million shares, of its outstanding common stock over a one-year period expiring on January 18, 2023, at the discretion of management. Under the stock repurchase program, the Company may repurchase shares from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open-market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, depending upon market conditions. Repurchases under this program may also be made in transactions outside the safe harbor during a pending merger, acquisition or similar transaction. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements, market conditions, and other corporate liquidity requirements and priorities. Shares of stock repurchased are held as authorized but unissued shares. The Company is not obligated to purchase any particular number of shares, and the Company may suspend, modify or terminate the program at any time and for any reason without prior notice. On January 26, 2021, the Company announced a stock repurchase program under which the Company could repurchase up to 5%, or approximately 4.65 million shares, of its outstanding common stock over a one-year period, at the discretion of management. The Company repurchased 767,134 shares of its common stock at an average weighted price of $67.87 per share during the year ended December 31, 2021. On January 29, 2020, the Company announced a stock repurchase program that authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 4.74 million shares, of the Company’s outstanding common stock over a one-year period, at the discretion of management. The Company repurchased 2.2 million shares of its common stock at an average weighted price of $52.47 per share during the year ended December 31, 2020. Off-Balance Sheet Items In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions that, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. 69 The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit, unused capacity on Warehouse Purchase Program loans and commitments to extend credit expiring by period as of December 31, 2021 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit, unused capacity of Warehouse Purchase Program loans and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. Standby letters of credit Unused capacity on Warehouse Purchase Program loans Commitments to extend credit $ 95,022 $ 1,313,870 1,585,510 5,664 $ — 1,203,831 Total $ 2,994,402 $ 1,209,495 $ 1 year or less More than 1 year but less than 3 years 5 years or more 3 years or more but less than 5 years (Dollars in thousands) — $ 102,550 1,864 $ — 1,313,870 — 154,991 4,350,538 1,406,206 156,855 $ 1,406,206 $ 5,766,958 Total Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the payment by or performance of a customer to a third party. If the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements. Unused Capacity on Warehouse Purchase Program Loans. For Warehouse Purchase Program loans, the Company has established a maximum purchase facility amount, but reserves the right, at any time, to refuse to buy any mortgage loans offered for sale by its mortgage originator clients for any reason. Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-balance Sheet Credit Exposures. The Company records an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet lending-related commitments and guarantees on credit card debt that is adjusted through a charge to provision for credit losses on the Company’s consolidated statement of income. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, this allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet lending-related commitments and guarantees on credit card debt totaled $29.9 million. Capital Resources Capital management consists of providing equity to support the Company’s current and future operations. The Company is subject to capital adequacy requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board, and the Bank is subject to capital adequacy requirements imposed by the FDIC. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum capital requirements in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposure, adjusted for credit risk. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC published the Basel III Capital Rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (1) introduced a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (2) specified that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (3) defined CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/ adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (4) expanded the scope of the deductions/ adjustments as compared to existing regulations. 70 Since being fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules require the Company to maintain a capital conservation buffer, composed entirely of CET1, of 2.5%, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (1) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of 7.0%, (2) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.5%, (3) total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of 10.5% and (4) Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets as reported on consolidated financial statements ( known as the “leverage ratio”) of 4.0%. The Bank is subject to capital adequacy guidelines of the FDIC that are substantially similar to the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. Also pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC has promulgated regulations setting the levels at which an insured institution such as the Bank would be considered “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under the FDIC’s regulations, the Bank is classified “well-capitalized” for purposes of prompt corrective action. Banking institutions that fail to meet the effective minimum ratios will be subject to constraints on capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, and certain discretionary executive compensation. The severity of the constraints depends on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income” (that is, four-quarter trailing net income, net of distributions and tax effects not reflected in net income). In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020 the joint federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule that allows banking organizations that implement CECL in 2020 to mitigate the effects of the CECL accounting standard in their regulatory capital for two years. This two-year delay is in addition to the three-year transition period that the agencies had already made available. The Company adopted the option provided by the interim final rule, which delayed the effects of CECL on its regulatory capital through 2021, after which the effects will be phased in over a three-year period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024. Under the interim final rule, the amount of adjustments to regulatory capital deferred until the phase-in period include both the initial impact of the Company’s adoption of CECL at January 1, 2020 and 25% of subsequent changes in the Company’s allowance for credit losses during each quarter of the two-year period ending December 31, 2021. Beginning on January 1, 2022, the cumulative amount of the transition adjustments will be phased in over a three-year transition period, with 75% recognized in 2022, 50% recognized in 2023, and 25% recognized in 2024. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets was 15.10%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 15.10%, total capital to risk-weighted assets was 15.45% and Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets was 9.62%. It is important to note that Warehouse Purchase Program loan volumes can increase significantly on the last day of the month, potentially leading to a significant difference between the ending and average balance of Warehouse Purchase Program loans for a given period. At December 31, 2021, Warehouse Purchase Program loans totaled $1.78 billion, compared to an average balance of $1.99 billion. Because the capital ratios above are calculated using ending risk-weighted assets and Warehouse Purchase Program loans are risk-weighted at 100%, the end-of-period increase in these balances can significantly impact the Company’s reported capital ratios. Total shareholders’ equity increased to $6.43 billion at December 31, 2021, compared with $6.13 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $296.6 million or 4.8%. The increase was primarily the result of net income of $519.3 million partially offset by dividend payments of $184.3 million and common stock repurchases of $52.1 million. 71 The following table provides a comparison of the Company’s and the Bank’s leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios as of December 31, 2021 to the minimum and well-capitalized regulatory standards: The Company CET1 capital ratio Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Total risk-based capital ratio Leverage ratio The Bank CET1 capital ratio Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Total risk-based capital ratio Leverage ratio Minimum Required For Capital Adequacy Purposes Minimum Required Plus Capital Conservation Buffer To Be Categorized As Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Actual Ratio at December 31, 2021 4.50% 6.00% 8.00% 4.00% (1) 4.50% 6.00% 8.00% 4.00% (2) 7.00% 8.50% 10.50% 4.00% 7.00% 8.50% 10.50% 4.00% N/A N/A N/A N/A 6.50% 8.00% 10.00% 5.00% 15.10% 15.10% 15.45% 9.62% 15.03% 15.03% 15.39% 9.58% (1) (2) The Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum. The FDIC may require the Bank to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum. 72 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK For information regarding the market risk of the Company’s financial instruments, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk. The Company’s principal market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The financial statements, the report thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data commence at page 82 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information concerning the Company’s results of operations for each of the two years indicated below. The information should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for credit losses Net interest income after provision Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income Earnings per share(1): Basic Diluted Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for credit losses Net interest income after provision Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income Earnings per share(1): Basic Diluted Quarter Ended 2021 December 31 September 30 June 30 March 31 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited) $ $ $ $ 253,629 $ 8,869 244,760 — 244,760 35,757 119,538 160,979 34,192 126,787 $ 260,340 $ 260,851 $ 272,103 17,521 15,452 11,773 254,582 245,399 248,567 — — — 254,582 245,399 248,567 34,008 35,556 34,645 119,076 115,191 119,815 169,514 165,764 163,397 36,205 35,153 34,807 128,590 $ 130,611 $ 133,309 1.38 $ 1.38 $ 1.39 $ 1.39 $ 1.41 $ 1.41 $ 1.44 1.44 Quarter Ended 2020 December 31 September 30 June 30 March 31 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited) $ $ $ $ 278,647 $ 21,013 257,634 — 257,634 36,547 120,205 173,976 36,885 137,091 $ 282,432 $ 286,593 $ 296,238 40,207 27,638 24,319 256,031 258,955 258,113 — 10,000 10,000 256,031 248,955 248,113 34,388 25,675 34,924 124,741 134,368 117,919 165,678 140,262 165,118 34,830 9,361 35,054 130,064 $ 130,901 $ 130,848 1.48 $ 1.48 $ 1.40 $ 1.40 $ 1.41 $ 1.41 $ 1.39 1.39 (1) Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented and therefore may not total earnings per share for the year. 73 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. Changes in internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 74 MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. As of December 31, 2021, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission (“2013 Framework”). Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. The report is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” 75 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, of the Company and our report dated February 25, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Deloitte and Touche LLP Houston, Texas February 25, 2022 76 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS Not applicable. PART III. ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Continuing Directors and Executive Officers,” “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” “Corporate Governance—Committees of the Board—Audit Committee,” “Corporate Governance—Director Nominations Process” and “Corporate Governance—Code of Ethics” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2022 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days of the Company’s fiscal year end. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Executive Compensation and Other Matters” and “Director Compensation” in the 2022 Proxy Statement. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS Certain information required by this Item 12 is included under “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans” in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Management of the Company and Principal Shareholders” in the 2022 Proxy Statement. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the 2022 Proxy Statement. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Fees and Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2022 Proxy Statement. 77 ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: PART IV. 1. Consolidated Financial Statements. Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the report thereon and the notes thereto commencing at page 82 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Set forth below is a list of such Consolidated Financial Statements: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34) ............................................. Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020...................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019......................... Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019................................................................................................................................................................ Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019......................................................................................................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 .................. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................... 83 85 86 87 88 89 90 2. Financial Statement Schedules. All supplemental schedules are omitted as inapplicable or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto. 3. The exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K listed below have been included only with the copy of this report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company will furnish a copy of any exhibit to shareholders upon written request to the Company and payment of a reasonable fee not to exceed the Company’s reasonable expense. Each exhibit marked with an asterisk is filed or furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as noted below. Exhibit Number (1) Description 3.1 — Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 3.2 — Articles of Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006) 3.3 — Amended and Restated Bylaws of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 20, 2019) 4.1 — Form of certificate representing shares of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. common stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 4.2 — Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019) 10.1† — Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2012) 78 Exhibit Number (1) Description 10.2† — Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and David Zalman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009) 10.3† — Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Schedule 14A filed on March 18, 2020) 10.4† — First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective February 22, 2012 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and H. E. Timanus, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2012) 10.5† — Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and H. E. Timanus, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009) 10.6† — Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 20, 2014 by and between W.R. Collier and Prosperity Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014) 10.7† — Management Security Plan Agreement of American State Bank, amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005, as assumed by Prosperity Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014) 10.8† — Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2021, by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and Edward Z. Safady (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2021) 10.9† — Amended and Restated Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 10, 2016) 10.10† — Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2019, by and among Prosperity Bank, LegacyTexas Bank and Kevin J. Hanigan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 20, 2019) 10.11† — Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2019, by and among Prosperity Bank, LegacyTexas Bank and J. Mays Davenport (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 20, 2019) 21.1* — Subsidiaries of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 23.1* — Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP 31.1* — Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 31.2* — Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 32.1** — Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 79 Exhibit Number (1) Description 32.2** — Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 101.INS* — Inline XBRL Instance Document – The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document 101.SCH* — Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 101.CAL* — Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101.LAB* — Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE* — Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 101.DEF* — Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 104 — The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibits 101) † * ** (1) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Commission upon request. (b) Exhibits. See the exhibit list included in Item 15(a)3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (c) Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a)2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 80 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant, has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date: February 25, 2022 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® (Registrant) BY: /S/ DAVID ZALMAN David Zalman Senior Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. Signature /s/ DAVID ZALMAN David Zalman /s/ ASYLBEK OSMONOV Asylbek Osmonov /s/ JAMES A. BOULIGNY James A. Bouligny /s/ W. R. COLLIER W. R. Collier /s/ GEORGE A. FISK George A. Fisk /s/ KEVIN J. HANIGAN Kevin J. Hanigan /s/ LEAH HENDERSON Leah Henderson /s/ NED S. HOLMES Ned S. Holmes /s/ BRUCE W. HUNT Bruce W. Hunt /s/ JACK LORD Jack Lord /s/ WILLIAM T. LUEDKE IV William T. Luedke IV /s/ PERRY MUELLER, JR., D.D.S. Perry Mueller, Jr., D.D.S. /s/ HARRISON STAFFORD II Harrison Stafford II /s/ ROBERT STEELHAMMER Robert Steelhammer /s/ H.E. TIMANUS, JR. H.E. Timanus, Jr. Positions Senior Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer); Director Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) Director Director Director Date February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 President and Chief Operating Officer; Director February 25, 2022 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 Chairman; Director February 25, 2022 81 TABLE OF CONTENTS TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® Report of Independent Accounting Firm Registered Public (PCAOB ID No. 34)................................................ Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 ........................................................................ Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ........................... Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 . Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ........................................................................................................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 .................... Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ......................................................................................................... Page 83 85 86 87 88 89 90 82 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Change in Accounting Principle As described in Note 1 and Note 5 to the financial statements, the Company changed its method for estimating the allowance for credit losses on January 1, 2020 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 83 Allowance for Credit Losses - Refer to Note 5 to the financial statements Critical Audit Matter Description The allowance for credit losses is an allowance available for estimated losses on loans. All losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that such a loss is expected and reasonably estimable. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery. The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two elements: (1) specific valuation allowances based on expected losses on impaired loans and PCD loans; and (2) a general valuation allowance based on historical lifetime loan loss experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as historical lifetime loan loss experience, the amount of nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the portfolio, current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors. At and for the year-ended December 31, 2021, the allowance for credit losses recorded on the balance sheet was $316M, and the provision for credit losses recorded on the statement of income was $0. We identified the general valuation allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter because of the significant amount of judgment required by management when determining the economic factors, reasonable and supportable forecast, and management adjustments utilized in establishing the reserve. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our credit specialists. How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit Our audit procedures related to the allowance for credit losses – general valuation allowance for loan losses included the following, among others: • • • • • • We tested the effectiveness of controls over the (i) written policy in place for the calculation of the general valuation allowance, (ii) data input to the general valuation allowance calculation and (iii) management’s review of the adequacy of the general valuation allowance calculation, including the assumptions used in the calculation. With the assistance of a credit specialist, we evaluated: • • • the reasonableness of the classification of the loan types. the methodology surrounding the reasonableness of economic factors and assumptions used in the general allowance calculation. the reasonableness of the logic, statistical validity, and computations of the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) calculation. We evaluated the appropriateness and relevance of the qualitative factors and related quantitative measures by comparing to external sources. We tested the accuracy and evaluated the relevance of the historical loss data. We tested the accuracy of the historical net charge offs. We tested the arithmetic accuracy of the general valuation allowance calculation. /s/ Deloitte and Touche LLP Houston, Texas February 25, 2022 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993. 84 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. ® AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS Cash and due from banks Federal funds sold ASSETS Total cash and cash equivalents Available for sale securities, at fair value Held to maturity securities, at cost (fair value of $12,251,213 and $8,039,142 respectively) Total securities Loans held for sale Loans held for investment Loans held for investment - Warehouse Purchase Program Total loans Less: allowance for credit losses on loans Loans, net Accrued interest receivable Goodwill Core deposit intangibles, net Bank premises and equipment, net Other real estate owned Bank owned life insurance (BOLI) Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock Other assets TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY LIABILITIES: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Total deposits Fed funds purchased and other borrowings Securities sold under repurchase agreements Subordinated notes Accrued interest payable Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures Other liabilities Total liabilities COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: Preferred stock, $1 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding Common stock, $1 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 92,170,480 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021; 92,570,789 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 Capital surplus Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income —net unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax expense of $481 and $205, respectively Total shareholders’ equity TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ $ $ December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ 2,547,739 241 2,547,980 514,932 1,342,996 553 1,343,549 651,514 12,303,969 12,818,901 7,274 16,833,171 1,775,699 18,616,144 (286,380) 18,329,764 66,030 3,231,636 61,684 319,799 622 327,149 8,901 121,504 37,833,970 10,750,034 20,021,728 30,771,762 — 448,099 — 1,261 29,947 155,665 31,406,734 — $ $ 7,891,306 8,542,820 46,777 17,357,788 2,842,379 20,246,944 (316,068) 19,930,876 82,068 3,231,636 73,235 323,572 10,593 324,356 8,901 187,669 34,059,275 9,151,233 18,209,259 27,360,492 — 389,583 — 3,462 29,947 145,122 27,928,606 — — — 92,171 3,595,023 2,738,233 92,571 3,634,140 2,403,189 1,809 6,427,236 37,833,970 $ 769 6,130,669 34,059,275 $ See notes to consolidated financial statements. 85 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME INTEREST INCOME: Loans, including fees Securities Federal funds sold and other earning assets Total interest income INTEREST EXPENSE: Deposits Other borrowings Securities sold under repurchase agreements Subordinated notes Total interest expense NET INTEREST INCOME PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES NONINTEREST INCOME: Nonsufficient funds (NSF) fees Credit card, debit card and ATM card income Service charges on deposit accounts Trust income Mortgage income Brokerage income Net gain (loss) on sale or write down of assets Other Total noninterest income NONINTEREST EXPENSE: Salaries and employee benefits Net occupancy and equipment Credit and debit card, data processing and software amortization Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance Core deposit intangibles amortization Depreciation Communications Net other real estate (income) expense Merger related expenses Other Total noninterest expense INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES NET INCOME EARNINGS PER SHARE: Basic Diluted For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 2021 $ $ 869,908 175,459 1,556 1,046,923 52,913 — 702 — 53,615 993,308 — $ 975,895 166,812 1,203 1,143,910 102,502 3,550 1,627 5,498 113,177 1,030,733 20,000 621,443 209,812 1,683 832,938 111,388 21,323 3,383 1,075 137,169 695,769 4,300 993,308 1,010,733 691,469 29,610 34,680 24,392 10,278 8,302 3,320 1,097 28,287 139,966 310,556 32,184 35,104 10,638 11,551 18,095 12,028 (2,224) — 45,688 473,620 659,654 140,357 519,297 5.60 5.60 $ $ $ 30,295 31,245 23,860 9,598 10,777 2,504 (5,533) 28,788 131,534 309,268 35,037 40,329 9,861 13,169 18,232 12,477 165 8,018 50,677 497,233 645,034 116,130 528,904 5.68 5.68 $ $ $ 34,614 26,867 20,604 10,227 5,006 2,361 (1,813) 26,415 124,281 226,348 23,985 23,624 8,608 6,537 13,713 9,679 (67) 46,402 37,713 396,542 419,208 86,656 332,552 4.52 4.52 $ $ $ See notes to consolidated financial statements. 86 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. ® AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 Net income Other comprehensive income, before tax: Securities available for sale: $ 519,297 $ 528,904 $ 332,552 Change in unrealized gains during the period Total other comprehensive income Deferred tax expense related to other comprehensive income Other comprehensive income, net of tax Comprehensive income 1,316 1,316 (276) 1,040 520,337 $ 212 212 (45) 167 529,071 $ 370 370 (78) 292 332,844 $ See notes to consolidated financial statements. 87 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock Shares Amount Capital Surplus Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Total Shareholders’ Equity (In thousands, except share and per share data) BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018 69,846,825 $ 69,847 $ 2,045,351 Net income Other comprehensive income Common stock issued in connection with the granting of restricted stock awards, net Common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. Common stock repurchase Stock based compensation expense Cash dividends declared, $1.69 per share BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019 Cumulative change in accounting principle upon adoption of ASU 2016-13(1) and other BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2020 (AS ADJUSTED FOR CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING STANDARD) Net income Other comprehensive income Common stock issued in connection with the granting of restricted stock awards, net Common stock repurchase Stock based compensation expense Cash dividends declared, $1.87 per share 144,277 144 (144) 26,228,148 (1,473,231) 26,228 (1,473) 1,771,716 (93,011) 10,607 94,746,019 94,746 3,734,519 94,746,019 94,746 3,734,519 18,231 (2,193,461) 18 (2,193) (18) (112,968) 12,607 BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2020 92,570,789 92,571 3,634,140 Net income Other comprehensive income Common stock issued in connection with the granting of restricted stock awards, net Common stock repurchase Stock based compensation expense Cash dividends declared, $1.99 per share 366,825 (767,134) 367 (767) (367) (51,322) 12,572 BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2021 92,170,480 $ 92,171 $ 3,595,023 (1) ASU 2016-13 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. $ 1,937,316 332,552 $ 310 $ 292 4,052,824 332,552 292 (128,900) 2,140,968 (92,860) 2,048,108 528,904 (173,823) 2,403,189 519,297 602 602 167 769 1,040 — 1,797,944 (94,484) 10,607 (128,900) 5,970,835 (92,860) 5,877,975 528,904 167 — (115,161) 12,607 (173,823) 6,130,669 519,297 1,040 — (52,089) 12,572 (184,253) $ 2,738,233 $ 1,809 $ (184,253) 6,427,236 See notes to consolidated financial statements. 88 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: $ Depreciation and core deposit intangibles amortization Provision for credit losses Deferred income tax expense (benefit) Net amortization of premium on investments (Gain) loss on sale or write down of premises, equipment, other assets and other real estate Net amortization of premium on deposits Net accretion of discount on loans Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale Originations of loans held for sale Stock based compensation expense Decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of held to maturity securities Purchase of held to maturity securities Proceeds from maturities, sales and principal paydowns of available for sale securities Purchase of available for sale securities Originations of Warehouse Purchase Program loans Proceeds from pay-offs of Warehouse Purchase Program loans Net decrease (increase) in loans held for investment Purchase of bank premises and equipment Proceeds from sale of bank premises, equipment and other real estate Proceeds from insurance claims Net cash used in the purchase of LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits Net increase in interest-bearing deposits Net repayments from other short-term borrowings Repayments of other long-term borrowings Net increase in securities sold under repurchase agreements Redemption of subordinated notes Repurchase of common stock Payments of cash dividends Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD NONCASH ACTIVITIES: Stock issued in connection with the LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. merger Acquisition of real estate through foreclosure of collateral SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION: Income taxes paid Interest paid $ $ $ 519,297 $ 528,904 $ 332,552 29,646 — 22,829 58,427 (3,816) (1,162) (39,278) 249,539 (212,638) 12,572 61,326 (2,014) 694,728 31,401 20,000 24,816 38,827 5,075 (6,093) (91,341) 462,750 (429,662) 12,607 29,112 (44,075) 582,321 2,844,242 (7,315,419) 2,454,086 (2,101,683) 16,437,990 (16,300,005) (36,019,746) 37,086,426 529,672 (19,022) 24,178 6,781 — (2,724,903) 1,598,801 1,813,631 — — 58,516 — (52,089) (184,253) 3,234,606 1,204,431 1,343,549 2,547,980 $ 15,047,469 (15,411,251) (43,293,619) 42,004,002 29,758 (22,143) 13,910 5,163 — (1,274,308) 1,387,339 1,779,514 (1,300,000) (3,730) 12,289 (125,000) (115,161) (173,823) 1,461,428 769,441 574,108 1,343,549 $ 20,250 4,300 (26,417) 30,779 (67) (1,709) (28,045) 221,488 (213,467) 10,606 84,146 (31,402) 403,014 1,816,596 (331,991) 9,031,370 (9,234,544) (4,194,875) 4,335,162 (78,326) (18,588) 5,316 6,915 (77,047) 1,259,988 361,866 148,284 (1,805,000) (1,078) 34,904 (15,613) (94,484) (128,900) (1,500,021) 162,981 411,127 574,108 — $ 6,678 — $ 15,964 1,797,944 4,203 126,919 55,816 $ 163,597 118,300 $ 82,150 139,356 See notes to consolidated financial statements. 89 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES Nature of Operations—Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® (“Bancshares”) and its subsidiary, Prosperity Bank® (the “Bank”, collectively referred to as the “Company”), provide retail and commercial banking services. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank operated 273 full-service banking locations: 65 in the Houston area, including The Woodlands; 30 in the South Texas area including Corpus Christi and Victoria; 63 in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area; 22 in the East Texas area; 29 in the Central Texas area, including Austin and San Antonio; 34 in the West Texas area, including Lubbock, Midland-Odessa and Abilene; 16 in the Bryan/College Station area; 6 in the Central Oklahoma area; and 8 in the Tulsa, Oklahoma area. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies—The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and the prevailing practices within the financial services industry. A summary of significant accounting and reporting policies are as follows: Basis of Presentation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancshares and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the Company’s banking operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. Because the overall banking operations comprise the vast majority of the consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are presented. Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include, but are not limited to certain fair value measures including the calculation of stock-based compensation, the valuation of goodwill and available for sale and held to maturity securities and the calculation of allowance for credit losses. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Business Combinations—Generally, acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. A business combination occurs when the Company acquires net assets that constitute a business and obtains control over that business. Business combinations are effected through the transfer of consideration consisting of cash and/or common stock and are accounted for using the acquisition method. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired business are recorded at their respective fair values at the acquisition date. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio, is a process involving significant judgment regarding methods and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. The results of operations of an acquired entity are included in the Company’s consolidated results from acquisition date, and prior periods are not restated. Securities —The investment securities portfolio is measured for expected credit losses by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate expected credit losses methodology. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held to maturity are evaluated for expected credit losses under FASB ASC 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.” Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts. Management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold these assets until their estimated maturities. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Securities within the available 90 for sale portfolio may be used as part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rate risk, prepayment risk or other similar economic factors. For available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position, the amount of the expected credit losses recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the expected credit losses will be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the expected credit losses will be separated into the amount representing the credit-related portion of the impairment loss (“credit loss”) and the noncredit portion of the impairment loss (“noncredit portion”). The amount of the total expected credit losses related to the credit loss is determined based on the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis, and such difference is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total expected credit losses related to the noncredit portion is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the expected credit losses recognized in earnings will become the new amortized cost basis of the investment. Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted to operations using the level-yield method of accounting, adjusted for prepayments as applicable. The specific identification method of accounting is used to compute gains or losses on the sales of these assets. Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income. Loans Held for Sale—Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value. Premiums, discounts and loan fees (net of certain direct loan origination costs) on loans held for sale are deferred until the related loans are sold or repaid. Gains or losses on loan sales are recognized at the time of sale and determined using the specific identification method. Loans Held for Investment—Loans originated and held for investment are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned fees. The related interest income for multi-payment loans is recognized principally by the simple interest method; for single payment loans, such income is recognized using the straight-line method. The Company has two general categories of loans in its portfolio. Loans originated by the Bank and made pursuant to the Company’s loan policy and procedures in effect at the time the loan was made are referred to as “originated loans” and loans acquired in a business combination are referred to as “acquired loans.” Acquired loans are initially recorded at fair value based on a discounted cash flow valuation methodology that considers, among other things, interest rates, projected default rates, loss given default and recovery rates, with no carryover of any existing allowance for credit losses. Those acquired loans that are renewed or substantially modified after the date of the business combination are referred to as “re-underwritten acquired loans.” Modifications are reviewed for determination of troubled debt restructuring status independently of this process. In certain instances, acquired loans to one borrower may be combined or otherwise re-originated such that they are re-categorized as originated loans. Acquired loans with a fair value discount or premium at the date of the business combination that remained at the reporting date are referred to as “fair-valued acquired loans.” All fair-valued acquired loans are further categorized into “Non-PCD loans” and “PCD loans” (purchased credit deteriorated loans). Acquired loans with evidence of more than insignificant credit quality deterioration as of the acquisition date when compared to the origination date are classified as PCD loans. The Company estimates the total cash flows expected to be collected from the PCD loans, which include undiscounted expected principal and interest, using credit risk, interest rate and prepayment risk assessments that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and payment speeds. The excess of the undiscounted total cash flows expected to be collected over the fair value of the related PCD loans represents the accretable yield, which is recognized as interest income based on future cash flows, taking into account contractual maturities. The difference between the undiscounted contractual principal and interest and the undiscounted total cash flows expected to be collected is the PCD specific reserve, which is included in the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows will result in a recovery of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses, to the extent applicable. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows will result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses, resulting in an addition to the allowance for credit losses. 91 A loan disposal, which may include a loan sale, receipt of payment in full from the borrower or foreclosure, results in removal of the loan from the balance sheet at its allocated carrying amount and accretion of any remaining fair value discount to income. Warehouse Purchase Program Loans—All Warehouse Purchase Program loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and are purchased under several contractual requirements, providing safeguards to the Company. These safeguards include the requirement that the mortgage originator clients have a takeout commitment or similar arrangement for each loan. To date, the Company has not experienced a loss on these loans and no allowance for credit losses has been allocated to them. Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Lending Activities—Loan origination fees in excess of the associated costs are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method. Loan commitment fees and loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield by the interest method over the related loan life or, if the commitment expires unexercised, recognized in income upon expiration of the commitment. Nonperforming and Past Due Loans— Included in the nonperforming loan category are loans which have been categorized by management as nonaccrual because collection of interest is doubtful and loans which have been restructured through a troubled debt restructuring to provide a reduction in the interest rate or a deferral of interest or principal payments. The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when the payment of principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued but not yet collected prior to the determination as uncollectible is charged to operations. Interest accrued during prior periods is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding principal of the loan amount, next to the recovery of charged-off loan amounts and finally, any excess is treated as recovery of lost interest. A loan may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured, which is typically evidenced by a sustained period (at least six months) of repayment performance by the borrower. Restructured loans are those loans on which concessions in terms have been granted because of a borrower’s financial difficulty. Interest is generally not accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms. Allowance for Credit Losses—On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“CECL”), which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss methodology. CECL requires a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is an allowance available for losses on loans and held-to-maturity securities. All losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that such a loss is likely and can be reasonably estimated. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery. Throughout the year, management estimates the level of lifetime losses to determine whether the allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb losses in the loan portfolio. Based on these estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for credit losses and credited to the allowance for credit losses in order to adjust the allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb losses. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as historical lifetime loan loss experience, the amount of nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the portfolio, current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors. 92 Estimates of credit losses involve an exercise of judgment. While it is possible that in the short term the Company may sustain losses which are substantial in relation to the allowance for credit losses, it is the judgment of management that the allowance for credit losses reflected in the consolidated balance sheets is adequate to absorb expected lifetime losses that may be realized from the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021. The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two elements: (1) specific valuation allowances based on expected losses on impaired loans and PCD loans; and (2) a general valuation allowance based on historical lifetime loan loss experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions, and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. Non-PCD loans that have deteriorated to an impaired status subsequent to acquisition are evaluated for a specific reserve on a quarterly basis which, when identified, is added to the allowance for credit losses. The Company reviews impaired Non-PCD loans on a loan-by-loan basis and determines the specific reserve based on the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and one of three factors: expected future cash flows, observable market price or fair value of the collateral. Because essentially all of the Company’s impaired Non-PCD loans have been collateral- dependent, the amount of the specific reserve historically has been determined by comparing the fair value of the collateral securing the Non-PCD loan with the recorded investment in such loan. In the future, the Company will continue to analyze impaired Non-PCD loans on a loan-by-loan basis and may use an alternative measurement method to determine the specific reserve, as appropriate and in accordance with applicable accounting standards. PCD loans are individually monitored on a quarterly basis to assess for changes in expected cash flows subsequent to acquisition. If a deterioration in cash flows is identified, an increase to the specific reserve for that loan is made. PCD loans were recorded at their acquisition date fair values, which were based on expected cash flows and considers estimates of expected future credit losses. The Company’s estimates of loan fair values at the acquisition date may be adjusted for a period of up to one year as the Company continues to evaluate its estimate of expected future cash flows at the acquisition date. If the Company determines that losses arose after the acquisition date, the additional losses will be reflected as a provision for credit losses. See “Critical Accounting Policies” above for more information. Accounting for Acquired Loans and the Allowance for Acquired Credit Losses—The Company accounts for its acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets, including loans, and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. These fair value estimates associated with acquired loans, and based on a discounted cash flow model, include estimates related to market interest rates and undiscounted projections of future cash flows that incorporate expectations of prepayments and the amount and timing of principal, interest and other cash flows, as well as any shortfalls thereof. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted CECL. Upon adoption of CECL, all loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 were included in the allowance for credit losses methodology, with no offset provided for any remaining fair value marks. In addition, all loans previously accounted for under ASC 310-30 had their credit marks reclassified to be included in the allowance for credit losses. For further discussion of the Company’s acquisition and loan accounting, see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures—The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which there is exposure to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, except when an obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance is adjusted by provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance, or by provision releases returned to earnings that decrease the allowance. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on the commitments expected to fund. The estimate of commitments expected to fund is affected by historical analysis of utilization rates. The expected credit loss rates applied to the commitments expected to fund are affected by the general valuation allowance utilized for outstanding balances with the same underlying assumptions and drivers. Premises and Equipment—Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from one to 39 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods of the leases or the estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter. 93 Derivative Financial Instruments—The Company has interest rate swaps with certain commercial customers who wished to obtain a loan at a fixed rate. The Company enters into an interest rate swap with the customer while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. In connection with each swap transaction, the Company agrees to pay interest to the borrowing customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receives interest from the customer on the same notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, the Company agrees to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount. The transaction allows the customer to effectively convert a variable-rate loan to a fixed-rate. Because the Company acts solely as an intermediary for its customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts offset each other and do not significantly impact the Company’s results of operations. The Company has interest rate lock commitments and forward mortgage-backed securities trades. In the normal course of business, the Company enters into interest rate lock commitments with consumers to originate mortgage loans at a specified interest rate. These commitments, which contain fixed expiration dates, offer the borrower an interest rate guarantee provided the loan meets underwriting guidelines and closes within the timeframe established by the Company. The Company manages the changes in fair value associated with changes in interest rates related to interest rate lock commitments by using forward sold commitments known as forward mortgage-backed securities trades. These instruments are typically entered into at the time the interest rate lock commitment is made. These financial instruments are not designated as hedging instruments and are used for asset and liability management and commercial customers’ financing needs. All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities. Goodwill—Goodwill is annually assessed for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Under ASC Topic 350-20, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Goodwill” companies have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining the need to perform step one of the annual test for goodwill impairment. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment described in the following paragraph for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the goodwill impairment test. An entity may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. Amortization of Core Deposit Intangibles—Core deposit intangibles are being amortized on a non-pro rata basis over an estimated life of 10 to 15 years. Income Taxes—The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return and consolidated state returns in Oklahoma, Colorado, New Mexico and New York. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Bank will also file state returns in Arkansas, Florida, Georgia and Idaho. In addition, the Company files a Combined Texas Franchise Tax Report. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and are recorded net to other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Realization of net deferred tax assets is based upon the level of historical income and on estimates of future taxable income. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets will be realized. 94 Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based method of accounting. The expense associated with stock-based compensation is recognized over the vesting period of each individual arrangement. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the current market price on the date of grant. Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks as well as federal funds sold that mature in three days or less. Earnings Per Common Share—Basic earnings per common share are calculated using the two-class method. The two-class method provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock using the treasury stock method. The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share: 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 Amount Per Share Amount Amount Per Share Amount Amount Per Share Amount (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) $519,297 $528,904 $332,552 Net income Basic: Weighted average shares outstanding 92,657 $ 5.60 93,058 $ 5.68 73,524 $ 4.52 Diluted: Add incremental shares for: Effect of dilutive securities - options Total — 92,657 $ 5.60 — 93,058 $ 5.68 — 73,524 $ 4.52 As of December 31, 2021, all stock options have been exercised and there are no options outstanding. There were no stock options exercisable at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 that would have had an anti-dilutive effect on the above computation. New Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) ASU 2020-04, "Reference Rate Reform: Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting – ASC Topic 848". ASU 2020-04 provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to loan and lease agreements, derivative contracts, and other transactions affected by the anticipated transition away from LIBOR toward new interest rate benchmarks. The guidance allows for companies to: (i) account for certain contract modifications as a continuation of the existing contract without additional analysis; (ii) continue hedge accounting when certain critical terms of a hedging relationship change and assess effectiveness in ways that disregard certain potential sources of ineffectiveness; and (iii) make a one-time sale and/or transfer of certain debt securities from held- to-maturity to available-for-sale or trading. An entity may elect to apply ASU 2020-04 for contract modifications as of January 1, 2020, or prospectively from a date within an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, up to the date that the financial statements are available to be issued. Once elected for a Topic or an Industry Subtopic within ASU 2020-04, the amendments must be applied prospectively for all eligible contract modifications for that Topic or Industry Subtopic. The one-time election to sell and/or transfer debt securities classified as held-to- maturity may be made at any time after March 12, 2020. The ASU is available for adoption effective March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. 95 In preparation for this transition, the Company formed a LIBOR transition team comprised of personnel from across the Bank and conducted a detailed analysis of the Bank’s LIBOR exposure. This included a review of the products, models, contracts and systems that could be impacted by this transition. The LIBOR transition team has been working with the appropriate departments to update the Bank’s processes, loan documents and products to prepare for the cessation of LIBOR to ensure a smooth transition to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or other alternative variable rate indexes. As of December 31, 2021, LIBOR was used as an index rate for the Company’s interest-rate swaps and approximately 11.4% of the Company’s loan portfolio. ASU 2020-04 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2022 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2018-13 "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement" eliminates the requirements to disclose the amount and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value methodology, the policy for the timing of transfers between levels and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU requires the entity to disclose relevant quantitative information used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350).” ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which required computing the implied fair value of goodwill. Under the amendments in this update, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326)—Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASC 326”).” On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13 which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology. CECL requires a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of CECL is based on relevant information about past events including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13 using the modified-retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures. Reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2020 are presented under ASC 326 while prior periods are reported with previously applicable GAAP. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company recognized an increase in allowance for credit losses for loans of $108.7 million, of which $102.5 million was related to LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. (“LegacyTexas”), which merged into Bancshares on November 1, 2019, and an increase in allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures of $24.4 million, of which $6.3 million was related to LegacyTexas, with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings (pre- tax). Additionally, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13 using the prospective transition approach for financial assets purchased with credit deterioration. The Company recognized an increase in the allowance for credit losses of $131.8 million, of which $130.3 million was related to LegacyTexas, due to the reclass of purchased credit deteriorated discounts as the result of adopting ASU 2016-13. See Note 5 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” for additional information. The Company recognized no allowance for credit losses related to debt securities. See Note 4 “Securities” for additional information. 96 The following table illustrates the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13: As Reported Under ASC 326 January 1, 2020 Pre-ASU 2016-13 Adoption Impact of ASU 2016-13 Adoption (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Loans Construction, land development and other land loans Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) 1-4 family (includes home equity) Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) Commercial and industrial Consumer and other Allowance for credit losses on loans $ $ 28,729 $ 14,654 $ 5,768 23,544 61,322 180,069 28,575 328,007 $ 87,469 $ 2,971 15,277 12,332 40,445 1,790 14,075 2,797 8,267 48,990 139,624 26,785 240,538 Liabilities: Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures $ 29,947 $ 5,599 $ 24,348 2. ACQUISITIONS Acquisitions are an integral part of the Company’s growth strategy. All acquisitions were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets for tax-free acquisitions was recorded as goodwill, none of which is deductible for tax purposes. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets for taxable acquisitions was also recorded as goodwill and is deductible for tax purposes. The identified core deposit intangibles for each acquisition are being amortized using a non-pro rata basis over an estimated life of 10 to 15 years. The results of operations for each acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the respective acquisition date. The measurement period for the Company to determine the fair values of acquired identifiable assets and assumed liabilities will end at the earlier of (1) twelve months from the date of the acquisition or (2) as soon as the Company receives the information it was seeking about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date or learns that more information is not obtainable. The following acquisitions were completed on the dates indicated: Merger with LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. — On November 1, 2019, LegacyTexas Financial Group, Inc. merged into Bancshares and LegacyTexas Bank merged into the Bank. LegacyTexas was headquartered in Plano, Texas and operated 42 locations in 19 North Texas cities in and around the Dallas-Fort Worth area. As of September 30, 2019, LegacyTexas, on a consolidated basis, reported total assets of $10.5 billion, total gross loans of $9.1 billion, total deposits of $6.5 billion and shareholders’ equity of $1.2 billion. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, Bancshares issued 26,228,148 shares of Bancshares common stock with a closing price of $69.02 per share on November 1, 2019, plus $318.0 million in cash, comprised of $308.6 million in cash and $9.4 million in cash for taxes withheld, for all outstanding shares of LegacyTexas. 97 The assets and liabilities of LegacyTexas were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2020, the following table presents the amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet on the acquisition date. Fair value of consideration paid: Common stock issued (26,228,148 shares) Cash Total consideration paid Fair value of assets acquired: Cash and due from banks Securities held to maturity Loans held for sale Loans held for investment Loans held for investment - Warehouse Purchase Program Bank premises and equipment Other real estate owned Core deposit intangibles Federal Home Loan Bank stock Bank owned life insurance and other assets Total assets acquired Fair value of liabilities assumed: Deposits Other borrowings Securities sold under repurchase agreements Junior subordinated debentures Subordinated notes Other liabilities Total liabilities assumed Fair value of net assets acquired Goodwill resulting from acquisition Initially Recorded at Acquisition Date Measurement Period Adjustments (Dollars in thousands) Adjusted Values as of December 31, 2020 $ $ $ $ $ 1,810,267 318,018 2,128,285 228,649 472,933 60,818 6,771,080 1,693,049 67,347 4,876 60,058 117,939 242,592 9,719,341 6,434,732 2,078,682 57,670 15,376 125,950 201,472 8,913,882 805,459 1,322,826 $ $ $ $ $ — $ — — $ 1,810,267 318,018 2,128,285 — $ — — — — (3,237) — — (113) (4,769) (8,119) — — — — — (154) (154) (7,965) $ $ 7,965 228,649 472,933 60,818 6,771,080 1,693,049 64,110 4,876 60,058 117,826 237,823 9,711,222 6,434,732 2,078,682 57,670 15,376 125,950 201,318 8,913,728 797,494 1,330,791 The measurement period adjustments noted in the table above were a result of information obtained subsequent to the Company’s initial reporting of provisional fair values in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Such information was determined to be a condition in existence as of acquisition date. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recognized goodwill of $1.33 billion. Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase price paid over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of the fair value of liabilities assumed. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Additionally, the Company recognized $49.9 million of core deposit intangibles during 2020. Merger Related Expenses: The Company did not incur merger-related expenses during 2021. The Company incurred $8.0 million and $46.4 million of pre-tax merger related expenses during the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The merger related expenses are reflected on the Company’s income statement for the applicable periods under merger related expenses, which consist of salaries and benefits, data processing and professional and legal fees. 98 Acquired Loans Acquired loans were preliminarily recorded at fair value based on a discounted cash flow valuation methodology that considers, among other things, interest rates, projected default rates, loss given default and recovery rates. During the valuation process, the Company identified PCD and Non-PCD loans in the acquired loan portfolios. PCD loan identification considers the following factors: payment history and past due status, debt service coverage, loan grading, collateral values and other factors that may indicate deterioration of credit quality since origination as of the acquisition date. Non-PCD loan identification considers the following factors: account types, remaining terms, annual interest rates or coupons, current market rates, interest types, past delinquencies, timing of principal and interest payments, loan to value ratios, loss exposures and remaining balances. Accretion of purchased discounts on PCD loans will be based on future cash flows, taking into account contractual maturities. Accretion of purchased discounts on Non-PCD loans will be recognized on a level-yield basis based on contractual maturity of individual loans. PCD Loans. The recorded investment in PCD loans included in the consolidated balance sheets and the related outstanding balances at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented in the table below. The outstanding balance represents the total amount owed as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. PCD loans: Outstanding balance Discount Recorded investment December 31, December 31, 2020 2021 (Dollars in thousands) $ $ 83,909 $ (4,838) 79,071 $ 195,631 (14,216) 181,415 Changes in the accretable yield for acquired PCD loans for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows: Balance at beginning of period Adjustments Accretion charge-offs Accretion Balance at December 31, Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ $ 14,216 $ — (1,540) (7,838) 4,838 $ 35,654 (448) (354) (20,636) 14,216 Income recognition on PCD loans is subject to the timing and amount of future cash flows. PCD loans for which the Company is accruing interest income are not considered nonperforming or impaired. The PCD discount reflected above as of December 31, 2020, represents the amount of discount available to be recognized as income. Non-PCD Loans. The recorded investment in Non-PCD loans included in the consolidated balance sheets and the related outstanding balances at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented in the table below. The outstanding balance represents the total amount owed as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Non-PCD loans: Outstanding balance Discount Recorded investment December 31, December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ 2,094,039 $ 3,869,205 (39,587) $ 2,085,896 $ 3,829,618 (8,143) 99 Changes in the discount accretion for Non-PCD loans for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 (Dollars in thousands) Balance at beginning of period Adjustments Accretion charge-offs Accretion Balance at December 31, $ $ — (4) (31,440) 39,587 $ 110,130 257 (95) (70,705) 39,587 8,143 $ At December 31, 2021, the Company had $13.0 million of total outstanding accretable discounts on Non-PCD and PCD loans. 3. GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and core deposit intangibles for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 were as follows: Balance as of December 31, 2019 Less: Amortization Add: Measurement period adjustment of LegacyTexas Merger Balance as of December 31, 2020 Less: Amortization Balance as of December 31, 2021 Goodwill Core Deposit Intangibles (Dollars in thousands) $ 3,223,671 $ 86,404 — (13,169) 7,965 3,231,636 — 73,235 — $ 3,231,636 $ (11,551) 61,684 Management performs an evaluation annually, and more frequently if a triggering event occurs, of whether any impairment of the goodwill or core deposit intangibles has occurred. If any such impairment is determined, a write down is recorded. During 2020, the Company changed its annual goodwill impairment test date from September 30 to October 1. Based on the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test, management does not believe any of its goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2021. Core deposit intangibles are being amortized on a non-pro rata basis over their estimated lives, which the Company believes is between 10 and 15 years. The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for core deposit intangibles remaining as of December 31, 2021 is as follows (dollars in thousands): 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total $ $ 10,336 9,360 8,699 8,173 25,116 61,684 100 4. SECURITIES The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities were as follows: Available for Sale Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total Held to Maturity States and political subdivisions Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total Available for Sale Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total Held to Maturity States and political subdivisions Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total Amortized Cost December 31, 2021 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Gains Losses (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value $ $ 483,761 $ 28,881 512,642 $ 1,942 $ 550 2,492 $ (32) $ (170) (202) $ 485,671 29,261 514,932 $ 132,620 $ 39,675 12,131,674 138,474 40,080 (146,982) 12,072,659 $12,303,969 $ 94,418 $ (147,174) $12,251,213 5,968 $ 483 87,967 (114) $ (78) Amortized Cost December 31, 2020 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value 611,353 $ 39,187 650,540 $ 1,601 $ 539 2,140 $ (620) $ 612,334 39,180 (546) (1,166) $ 651,514 166,175 $ 96,000 7,629,131 8,341 $ 1,669 144,710 $ 7,891,306 $ 154,720 $ (32) $ 174,484 97,450 (219) (6,633) 7,767,208 (6,884) $8,039,142 $ $ $ The investment securities portfolio is measured for expected credit losses by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate expected credit losses methodology. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held to maturity are evaluated for expected credit losses under FASB ASC Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.” Available for sale securities. For available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position, the amount of the expected credit losses recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the expected credit losses will be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the expected credit losses will be separated into the amount representing the credit-related portion of the impairment loss (“credit loss”) and the noncredit portion of the impairment loss (“noncredit portion”). The amount of the total expected credit losses related to the credit loss is determined based on the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis and such difference is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total expected credit losses related to the noncredit portion is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the expected credit losses recognized in earnings will become the new amortized cost basis of the investment. 101 As of December 31, 2021, management does not have the intent to sell any of the securities classified as available for sale before a recovery of cost. In addition, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell any of its investment securities before a recovery of cost. The unrealized losses are largely due to changes in market interest rates and spread relationships since the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021, management believes that there is no potential for credit losses on available for sale securities. Held to maturity securities. The Company’s held to maturity investments include mortgage-related bonds issued by either the Government National Mortgage Corporation (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Ginnie Mae issued securities are explicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, while Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac issued securities are fully guaranteed by those respective United States government-sponsored agencies, and conditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The Company’s held to maturity securities also include taxable and tax- exempt municipal securities issued primarily by school districts, utility districts and municipalities located in Texas. The Company’s investment in municipal securities is exposed to credit risk. The securities are highly rated by major rating agencies and regularly reviewed by management. A significant portion are guaranteed or insured by either the Texas Permanent School Fund, Assured Guaranty or Build America Mutual. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s municipal securities represent 1.0% of the securities portfolio. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021, management believes that there is no potential for material credit losses on held to maturity securities. Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position were as follows: Less than 12 Months Estimated Fair Value Unrealized Losses December 31, 2021 12 Months or More Estimated Fair Value Unrealized Losses (Dollars in thousands) Total Estimated Fair Value Unrealized Losses Available for Sale Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total Held to Maturity States and political subdivisions Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total $ $ 164,220 2 164,222 $ $ (31) $ — (31) $ 25,916 19,674 45,590 $ 6,216 8,166 7,553,096 $ 7,567,478 $ (60) $ (78) (141,652) $ (141,790) $ 1,454 — 288,359 289,813 $ $ $ $ (1) $ (170) (171) $ 190,136 19,676 209,812 $ $ (32) (170) (202) 7,670 (54) $ 8,166 — 7,841,455 (5,330) (5,384) $ 7,857,291 $ (114) (78) (146,982) $ (147,174) Less than 12 Months Estimated Fair Value Unrealized Losses December 31, 2020 12 Months or More Estimated Fair Value Unrealized Losses (Dollars in thousands) Total Estimated Fair Value Unrealized Losses Available for Sale Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total Held to Maturity States and political subdivisions Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total $ $ $ $ 254,318 74 254,392 2,746 26,141 674,795 703,682 $ $ $ $ (608) $ — (608) $ 2,230 26,151 28,381 $ $ (12) $ (546) (558) $ 256,548 26,225 282,773 (32) $ (219) (6,283) (6,534) $ — $ — 29,900 29,900 $ — $ — (350) (350) $ 2,746 26,141 704,695 733,582 $ $ $ $ (620) (546) (1,166) (32) (219) (6,633) (6,884) 102 At December 31, 2021 and 2020 there were 30 securities and 64 securities, respectively, in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2021, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations at any time with or without call or prepayment penalties. Held to Maturity Available for Sale Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Due in one year or less Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years $ Subtotal Mortgage-backed securities and $ 14,595 69,726 31,344 16,955 132,620 $ (Dollars in thousands) 14,674 73,589 33,196 17,015 138,474 — $ — — — — — — — — — collateralized mortgage obligations Total 12,171,349 $ 12,303,969 12,112,739 $ 12,251,213 $ 512,642 512,642 $ 514,932 514,932 The Company recorded no gain or loss on sale of securities for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the Company did not own any non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its agencies) for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at such respective dates. Securities with an amortized cost of $6.97 billion and $6.11 billion and a fair value of $6.99 billion and $6.23 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law. 103 5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The loan portfolio consists of various types of loans made principally to borrowers located within the states of Texas and Oklahoma and is categorized by major type as follows: December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) Residential mortgage loans held for sale $ 7,274 $ 46,777 Commercial and industrial Real estate: Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (including home equity) Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential) Farmland Agriculture Consumer and other 2,711,820 3,674,200 2,299,715 5,661,434 5,251,368 442,343 177,995 288,496 1,956,960 4,710,761 6,078,764 410,931 170,421 355,751 Total loans held for investment, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program Warehouse Purchase Program Total loans, including Warehouse Purchase Program 16,833,171 1,775,699 17,357,788 2,842,379 $ 18,616,144 $ 20,246,944 Loan Origination/Risk Management. The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non- performing and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions. Loans to borrowers with aggregate debt relationships over $1.0 million and below $5.0 million are evaluated and acted upon on a daily basis by two of the company-wide loan concurrence officers. Loans to borrowers with aggregate debt relationships above $5.0 million are evaluated and acted upon by an officers’ loan committee that meets weekly. The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures. (i) Commercial and Industrial Loans. In nearly all cases, the Company’s commercial loans are made in the Company’s market areas and are underwritten based on the borrower’s ability to service the debt from the conversion of working assets or cash flow. Working capital loans are primarily collateralized by short-term assets whereas term loans are primarily collateralized by long-term assets. As a general practice, term loans are secured by any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower. Both working capital and term loans are typically supported by a personal guaranty of a principal. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return. The increased risk in commercial loans is due to the type of collateral securing these loans as well as the expectation that commercial loans generally will be serviced principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. Historical trends have shown these types of loans to have higher delinquencies than mortgage loans. As a result of these additional complexities, variables and risks, commercial loans require more thorough underwriting and servicing than other types of loans. 104 (ii) Commercial Real Estate. The Company makes commercial real estate loans collateralized by owner- occupied and nonowner-occupied real estate to finance the purchase of real estate. The Company’s commercial real estate loans are collateralized by first liens on real estate, typically have variable interest rates (or five year or less fixed rates) and amortize over a 15- to 25-year period. Payments on loans secured by nonowner-occupied properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of loans. The Company seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, including giving careful consideration of the property’s operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical condition in connection with underwriting these loans. The underwriting analysis also includes credit verification, analysis of global cash flow, collateral valuation and a review of the financial condition of the borrower and guarantor. (iii) 1-4 Family Residential Loans. The Company’s lending activities also include the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans (including home equity loans) collateralized by owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied residential properties located in the Company’s market areas. The Company offers a variety of mortgage loan portfolio products which generally are amortized over five to 30 years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 89% of appraised value. The Company requires mortgage title insurance, as well as hazard, wind and/or flood insurance as appropriate. The Company prefers to retain residential mortgage loans for its own account rather than selling them into the secondary market. By doing so, the Company incurs interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with non-payments on such loans. The Company’s mortgage department also offers a variety of mortgage loan products which are generally amortized over 30 years, including FHA and VA loans, which are sold to secondary market investors. (iv) Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans. The Company makes loans to finance the construction of residential and nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have variable interest rates. The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company’s construction lending activities, with heightened analysis of construction and/or development costs. Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, the Company may not be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, the Company may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time. Although the Company has underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable levels of risks in construction lending, these procedures may not prevent losses from the risks described above. (v) Warehouse Purchase Program. The Warehouse Purchase Program allows unaffiliated mortgage originators (“Clients”) to close 1-4 family real estate loans in their own name and manage their cash flow needs until the loans are sold to investors. The Company's Clients are strategically targeted for their experienced management teams and analyzed for the expected profitability of each Client’s business model over the long term. The Clients are located across the U.S. and originate mortgage loans primarily through traditional retail and/or wholesale business models using underwriting standards consistent with the United States government-sponsored enterprises, “Agencies” such as Fannie Mae, the private investors to which the mortgage loans are ultimately sold and the mortgage insurers. Although not subject to any legally binding commitment, when the Company makes a purchase decision, it acquires a 100% participation interest in the mortgage loans originated by its Clients. Individual mortgage loans are warehoused in the Company’s portfolio only for a short duration, averaging less than 30 days. When instructed by a Client that a warehoused loan has been sold to an investor, the Company delivers the note to the investor that pays the Company, which in turn remits the net sales proceeds to the Client. 105 (vi) Agriculture Loans. The Company provides agriculture loans for short-term livestock and crop production, including rice, cotton, milo and corn, farm equipment financing and agriculture real estate financing. The Company evaluates agriculture borrowers primarily based on their historical profitability, level of experience in their particular industry segment, overall financial capacity and the availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the industry. Because agriculture loans present a higher level of risk associated with events caused by nature, the Company routinely makes on-site visits and inspections in order to identify and monitor such risks. (vii) Consumer Loans. Consumer loans made by the Company include direct “A”-credit automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, boat loans, home improvement loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized) and deposit account collateralized loans. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 180 months and vary based upon the nature of collateral and size of loan. Generally, consumer loans entail greater risk than do real estate secured loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or collateralized by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan balance. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, personal bankruptcy or death. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans. Loan Maturities. The contractual maturity ranges of the Company’s loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale of $7.3 million and Warehouse Purchase Program Loans of $1.78 billion, by type of loan and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and variable rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2021 are summarized in the following table. Contractual maturities are based on contractual amounts outstanding and do not include loan purchase discounts of $13.0 million. One Year or Less After One Year Through Five Years After Fifteen Years Total After Five Years Through Fifteen Years (Dollars in thousands) 397,198 $ Commercial and industrial Real estate: $1,082,486 $ 1,120,737 $ 117,895 $ 2,718,316 Construction, land development and other land loans 1-4 family residential (includes home equity) Commercial (includes multi-family residential) Agriculture (includes farmland) Consumer and other Total Loans with a predetermined interest rate Loans with a variable interest rate Total 553,334 28,704 309,002 137,589 99,034 $2,210,149 $ $ 701,296 $ 1,508,853 $2,210,149 $ 349,341 129,720 794,630 82,541 68,456 2,545,425 $ 930,027 $ 1,615,398 2,545,425 $ 830,179 3,333,136 1,723,818 172,694 57,827 566,878 2,160,200 2,438,913 228,215 63,625 2,299,732 5,651,760 5,266,363 621,039 288,942 5,855,029 $ 6,235,549 $ 16,846,152 3,477,742 $ 1,975,397 $ 7,084,462 2,377,287 9,761,690 4,260,152 5,855,029 $ 6,235,549 $ 16,846,152 Concentrations of Credit. Most of the Company’s lending activity occurs within the states of Texas and Oklahoma. Commercial real estate loans, 1-4 family residential loans and construction, land development and other land loans make up 78.5% and 73.2% of the Company’s total loan portfolio, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans, there were no concentrations of loans related to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans. 106 Related Party Loans. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, loans outstanding to directors, officers and their affiliates totaled $6.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively. All transactions between the Company and such related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business and made on the same terms and conditions as similar transactions with unaffiliated persons. An analysis of activity with respect to these related-party loans is as follows: Beginning balance on January 1 New loans Transfers Repayments Ending balance As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 2021 (Dollars in thousands) $ $ 1,732 $ 5,761 — (969) 6,524 $ 4,152 813 — (3,233) 1,732 Nonperforming Assets and Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans. The Company has several procedures in place to assist it in maintaining the overall quality of its loan portfolio. The Company has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers, including requiring appraisals on loans collateralized by real estate. The Company also monitors its delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. Nevertheless, the Company’s loan portfolio could become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions. The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when the payment of principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. A loan may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured, which is typically evidenced by a sustained period (at least six months) of repayment performance by the borrower. With respect to potential problem loans, an evaluation of the borrower’s overall financial condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible write downs or appropriate additions to the allowance for credit losses. An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by category of loan, is presented below: Construction, land development and other land loans Warehouse Purchase Program loans Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) 1-4 family (includes home equity) (1) Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) Commercial and industrial Consumer and other Total December 31, 2021 Loans Past Due and Still Accruing Total Past 90 or More Due Loans Days 30-89 Days Nonaccrual Loans Current Loans Total Loans (Dollars in thousands) $ 4,572 $ — — $ — 4,572 $ — 1,841 $ 2,293,302 $ 2,299,715 1,775,699 — 1,775,699 995 12,963 5,773 4,041 450 $ 28,794 $ — 19 995 12,982 546 11,348 618,797 5,644,378 620,338 5,668,708 118 750 — 887 $ 29,681 $ 5,891 4,791 450 7,159 5,360 15 5,238,318 5,251,368 2,701,669 2,711,820 288,496 288,031 26,269 $18,560,194 $18,616,144 107 December 31, 2020 Loans Past Due and Still Accruing Total Past 90 or More Due Loans Days 30- 89 Days Nonaccrual Loans Current Loans Total Loans (Dollars in thousands) Construction, land development and other land loans $ 14,820 $ Warehouse Purchase Program loans Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) 1-4 family (includes home equity) (1) Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) Commercial and industrial Consumer and other Total — 538 7,527 17,039 14,383 380 236 $ 15,056 $ — — 1,262 $ 1,940,642 $ 1,956,960 2,842,379 — 2,842,379 — 36 1,409 — 18 538 7,563 18,448 14,383 398 1,344 15,999 579,470 4,733,976 581,352 4,757,538 6,078,764 6,049,410 10,906 3,674,200 3,643,733 16,084 355,751 353,763 1,590 47,185 $20,143,373 $20,246,944 $ 54,687 $ 1,699 $ 56,386 $ (1) Includes $7.3 million and $46.8 million of residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The following table presents information regarding nonperforming assets at the dates indicated: 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 December 31, Nonaccrual loans (1) Accruing loans 90 or more days past due Total nonperforming loans Repossessed assets Other real estate Total nonperforming assets $ $ 26,269 (2) $ 887 27,156 310 622 28,088 $ 47,185 (2) $ (Dollars in thousands) 55,243 (2) $ 441 55,684 323 6,936 62,943 1,699 48,884 93 10,593 59,570 $ $ 13,147 4,004 17,151 — 1,805 18,956 $ $ 25,264 1,004 26,268 35 11,152 37,455 Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate Nonperforming assets to total loans, excluding Warehouse Purchase Program loans, and other real estate Nonaccrual loans to total loans Nonaccrual loans to total loans, excluding Warehouse 0.15% 0.29% 0.33% 0.18% 0.37% 0.17% 0.14% 0.34% 0.23% 0.36% 0.29% 0.18% 0.13% 0.37% 0.25% Purchase Program loans 0.16% 0.27% 0.32% 0.13% 0.25% (1) (2) Includes troubled debt restructurings of $4.2 million, $11.3 million, $13.6 million, $51 thousand and $53 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. There were no nonperforming or troubled debt restructurings of Warehouse Purchase Program loans or Warehouse Purchase Program lines of credit for the periods presented. The Company had $28.1 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2021 compared with $59.6 million at December 31, 2020 and $62.9 million at December 31, 2019. Nonperforming assets were 0.15% of total loans and other real estate at December 31, 2021 compared with 0.29% of total loans and other real estate at December 31, 2020 and 0.33% of total loans and other real estate at December 31, 2019. The nonperforming assets consisted of 157 separate credits or other real estate properties at December 31, 2021, compared with 208 at December 31, 2020 and 232 at December 31, 2019. If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued under the original loan terms, approximately $6.5 million, $3.3 million and $2.9 million would have been recorded as income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company had $26.3 million, $47.2 million and $55.2 million in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 108 Credit Quality Indicators. As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and methodology for calculating the allowance for credit losses, management assigns and tracks loan grades to be used as credit quality indicators. The following is a general description of the loan grades used: Grade 1—Credits in this category have risk potential that is virtually nonexistent. These loans may be secured by insured certificates of deposit, insured savings accounts, U.S. Government securities and highly rated municipal bonds. Grade 2—Credits in this category are of the highest quality. These borrowers represent top-rated companies and individuals with unquestionable financial standing with excellent global cash flow coverage, net worth, liquidity and collateral coverage. Grade 3—Credits in this category are not immune from risk but are well protected by the collateral and paying capacity of the borrower. These loans may exhibit a minor unfavorable credit factor, but the overall credit is sufficiently strong to minimize the possibility of loss. Grade 4—Credits in this category are considered to be of acceptable credit quality with moderately greater risk than Grade 3 and receiving closer monitoring. Loans in this category have sources of repayment that remain sufficient to preclude a larger than normal probability of default and secondary sources are likewise currently of sufficient quantity, quality, and liquidity to protect the Company against loss of principal and interest. These borrowers have specific risk factors, but the overall strength of the credit is acceptable based on other mitigating credit and/or collateral factors and can repay the debt in the normal course of business. Grade 5—Credits in this category constitute an undue and unwarranted credit risk; however, the factors do not rise to a level of substandard. These credits have potential weaknesses and/or declining trends that, if not corrected, could expose the Company to risk at a future date. These loans are monitored on the Company’s internally-generated watch list and evaluated on a quarterly basis. Grade 6—Credits in this category are considered “substandard” but “non-impaired” loans in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Loans in this category have well-defined weakness that, if not corrected, could make default of principal and interest possible. Loans in this category are still accruing interest and may be dependent upon secondary sources of repayment and/or collateral liquidation. Grade 7—Credits in this category are deemed “substandard” and “impaired” pursuant to regulatory guidelines. As such, the Company has determined that it is probable that less than 100% of the contractual principal and interest will be collected. These loans are individually evaluated for a specific reserve and will typically have the accrual of interest stopped. Grade 8—Credits in this category include “doubtful” loans in accordance with regulatory guidance. Such loans are no longer accruing interest and factors indicate a loss is imminent. These loans are also deemed “impaired.” While a specific reserve may be in place while the loan and collateral are being evaluated these loans are typically charged down to an amount the Company estimates is collectible. Grade 9—Credits in this category are deemed a “loss” in accordance with regulatory guidelines and have been charged off or charged down. The Company may continue collection efforts and may have partial recovery in the future. 109 The following table presents loans by risk grade and category of loan and year of origination at December 31, 2021. Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Prior Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Total Revolving Loans Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total Agriculture and Agriculture Real Estate (includes Farmland) Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total 1-4 Family (includes Home Equity) (1) Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total — $ $ — $ — 1,014,564 51,952 5,650 787 1,841 — — — $1,074,794 — $ — 526,500 78,367 - 2,580 — — — — $ 607,447 — $ — 303,616 21,428 11,928 — — — — 128 $ 337,100 — $ — 83,226 10,024 — — — — — — $ 93,250 — $ — 24,421 3,536 71 — — — — 145 $ 28,173 $ 138 31,575 4,911 — 520 — — — — 37,144 — $ — 108,535 10,055 1,170 — — — — — $ 119,760 $ — $ — 2,047 — — — — — — — — 138 2,094,484 180,273 18,819 3,887 1,841 — — 273 2,047 $2,299,715 $ — $ $ 1,969 117 178,609 14,951 725 — — — — — $ 196,371 $ $ 231 — 80,802 6,076 1,559 771 213 — — 925 90,577 $ 16 — 54,295 2,889 567 34 33 — — — $ 57,834 $ 75 — 37,470 3,881 83 58 2 — — — $ 41,569 $ 135 333 23,987 1,608 — — — — — — $ 26,063 1,214 89,856 9,700 605 514 277 — — 234 $ 102,400 8,501 25 89,533 4,733 1,718 — 21 — — — $ 104,531 $ $ 10,927 — $ 1,689 — 554,638 86 43,838 — 5,257 — 2,284 907 546 — — — — — — 1,159 993 $ 620,338 — $ $ — $ 242 2,042,344 15,201 244 — 304 — — — $2,058,335 115 264 1,297,177 12,649 304 17 727 — — — $1,311,253 $ — $ 86 580,181 17,054 305 59 1,319 — — — $ 599,004 — $ 171 406,770 19,186 146 5,023 1,818 — — — $ 433,114 — $ 122 294,127 20,995 470 — 2,691 — — — $ 318,405 5,002 788,986 35,810 2,941 779 4,458 31 — 173 $ 838,180 — $ — 107,865 1,290 — — — — — — $ 109,155 $ — $ — 1,205 57 — — — — — — 115 5,887 5,518,655 122,242 4,410 5,878 11,317 31 — 173 1,262 $5,668,708 110 Commercial Real Estate (includes Multi- Family Residential) Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total Commercial and Industrial Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total Consumer and Other Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Prior Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Revolving Loans Total $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 13,492 771,787 129,535 443 1,710 10 — — 20,349 $ 937,326 5,358 557,222 140,477 32,980 19,823 — — — 22,951 $ 778,811 1,369 545,330 64,174 19,206 152 — — — 6,420 $ 636,651 — $ — 536,472 131,936 56,087 1,210 233 — — 463 $ 726,401 5,897 433,915 213,831 12,361 26,728 11 — — — $ 692,743 792 929,998 294,129 95,955 43,064 6,725 — — 69 — $ — 87,671 13,619 1,420 — 180 — — — — $ — 33 — — 5,781 — — — — — 26,908 3,862,428 987,701 218,452 98,468 7,159 — — 50,252 5,814 $5,251,368 $1,370,732 $ 102,890 $ $ 171,332 2,173 425,677 51,095 8,792 12,606 973 — — 459 $ 673,107 $ 23,986 516 165,105 30,780 5,025 1,976 148 — — 158 $ 227,694 $ 1,768 60 169,564 42,879 4,372 132 174 — — 334 $ 219,283 $ 2,705 338 116,176 42,545 193 279 3,185 — — 9,232 $ 174,653 $ $ 20,286 257 70,513 2,673 — — — — — — 93,729 $ $ 6,414 870 33,522 3,408 — — 9 — — 1,407 45,630 $ $ 2,522 554 25,493 45 — — — — — — 28,614 $ $ 1,569 349 13,492 328 — — 5 — — — 15,743 $ $ $ $ 521 665 51,342 5,909 748 32 55 — — 9,504 68,776 1,424 20,921 6,791 67 — — 1 — — — 29,204 $ 75 $ 2,009 123,710 15,030 37 — 230 — — 75 24,803 $ 5,465 1,039,935 102,712 16,276 7,197 595 — — 6,045 $ 141,166 $1,203,028 $ 95 $ 225,285 — 11,226 2,094,441 2,932 291,693 743 35,443 — 22,565 343 5,360 — — — — — 25,807 — 4,113 $2,711,820 $ $ 337 $ 16 7,161 87 — — — — — — 7,601 $ 1,392 $ 1,682 45,164 19,682 — — — — — — 67,920 $ — $ 33,944 — 24,649 55 202,191 — 26,290 — — — — — 15 — — — — 1,407 — 55 $ 288,496 111 Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Prior Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Revolving Loans Total $ — $ — 1,775,699 — — — — — — — $1,775,699 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ $ 193,587 $ 16,281 6,279,193 265,407 15,854 15,103 3,128 — — 20,808 30,746 $ 7,008 2,660,328 271,757 39,868 25,167 1,097 — — 25,441 4,306 $ 2,069 1,678,479 148,469 36,378 377 1,526 — — 6,882 4,349 $ 858 1,193,606 207,900 56,509 6,570 5,243 — — 9,695 2,080 $ 27,938 834,583 245,946 13,650 26,760 2,758 — — 9,649 — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ 412 $ 9,171 1,971,286 359,667 99,538 44,877 11,690 31 — 551 — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ — — $ — — — 1,775,699 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ 1,775,699 34,696 $ 7,172 1,478,703 152,091 20,584 7,197 796 — — 6,045 95 $ — 6,358 800 — 7,031 — — — — 270,271 70,497 16,102,536 1,652,037 282,381 133,082 26,238 31 — 79,071 14,284 $18,616,144 $6,809,361 $3,061,412 $1,878,486 $1,484,730 $1,163,364 $2,497,223 $1,707,284 $ Warehouse Purchase Program Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total Total Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 PCD Loans Total (1) Includes $7.3 million of residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2021. Allowance for Credit Losses. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted CECL. Upon adoption of CECL, all loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 were included in the allowance for credit losses methodology, with no offset provided for any remaining fair value marks. In addition, all loans previously accounted for under ASC 310-30 had their credit marks reclassified to be included in the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is adjusted through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate as of December 31, 2021 for estimated losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance for credit losses on loans is affected by the following: (1) charge-offs of loans that occur when loans are deemed uncollectible and decrease the allowance, (2) recoveries on loans previously charged off that increase the allowance, (3) provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance, and (4) provision releases returned to earnings that decrease the allowance. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio and consideration of the factors listed below, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. Although management believes it uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the allowance for credit losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions or the borrower’s performance differ from the assumptions used in making the initial determinations. The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two components: (1) a specific valuation allowance based on expected losses on specifically identified loans and (2) a general valuation allowance based on historical lifetime loan loss experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. 112 In setting the specific valuation allowance, the Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the total loan portfolio and assigns risk grades to each loan. Through this loan review process, the Company maintains an internal list of impaired loans which, along with the delinquency list of loans, helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. All loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific reserve is required. For certain impaired loans, the Company allocates a specific loan loss reserve primarily based on the value of the collateral securing the impaired loan in accordance with ASC Topic 326-20, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.” The specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general valuation allowance described below. In connection with this review of the loan portfolio, the Company considers risk elements attributable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements include: • • • • • • • including a for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, consideration of the debt to income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of collateral; the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, for commercial real estate loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the property in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type; for construction, land development and other land loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio; for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral; for the Warehouse Purchase Program, the capitalization and liquidity of the mortgage banking client, the operating experience, the Client’s satisfactory underwriting of purchased loans and the consistent timeliness by Client of loan resale to investors; for agricultural real estate loans, the experience and financial capability of the borrower, projected debt service coverage of the operations of the borrower and loan to value ratio; and for non-real estate agricultural loans, the operating results, experience and financial capability of the borrower, historical and expected market conditions and the value, nature and marketability of collateral. In addition, for each category, the Company considers secondary sources of income and the financial strength and credit history of the borrower and any guarantors. In determining the amount of the general valuation allowance, management considers factors such as historical lifetime loan loss experience, concentration risk of specific loan types, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasted economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review process, and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company and other relevant factors in accordance with ASC Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.” Historical lifetime loan loss experience is determined by utilizing an open-pool (“cumulative loss rate”) methodology. Adjustments to the historical lifetime loan loss experience are made for differences in current loan pool risk characteristics such as portfolio concentrations, delinquency, non-accrual, and watch list levels, as well as changes in current and forecasted economic conditions such as unemployment rates, property and collateral values, and other indices relating to economic activity. The utilization of reasonable and supportable forecasts includes an immediate reversion to lifetime historical loss rates. Based on a review of these factors for each loan type, the Company applies an estimated percentage to the outstanding balance of each loan type, excluding any loan that has a specific reserve. 113 Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories. A change in the allowance for credit losses can be attributable to several factors, most notably (1) specific reserves identified for impaired loans and PCD loans, (2) historical lifetime credit loss information, (3) changes in current and forecasted environmental factors and (4) growth in the balance of loans. Changes in the Company’s asset quality are reflected in the allowance in several ways. Specific reserves that are calculated on a loan-by-loan basis and the qualitative assessment of all other loans reflect current changes in the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Historical lifetime credit losses, on the other hand, are based on an open-pool (“cumulative loss rate”) methodology, which is then applied to estimate lifetime credit losses in the loan portfolio. A deterioration in the credit quality of the loan portfolio in the current period would increase the historical lifetime loss rate to be applied in future periods, just as an improvement in credit quality would decrease the historical lifetime loss rate. The allowance for credit losses is further determined by the size of the loan portfolio subject to the allowance methodology and environmental factors that include Company-specific risk indicators and general economic conditions, both of which are constantly changing. The Company evaluates the economic and portfolio-specific factors on a quarterly basis to determine a qualitative component of the general valuation allowance. The factors include current economic metrics, reasonable and supportable forecasted economic metrics, business conditions, delinquency trends, credit concentrations, nature and volume of the portfolio and other adjustments for items not covered by specific reserves and historical lifetime loss experience. Management’s assessment of qualitative factors is a statistically based approach to determine the loss rate adjustment associated with such factors. Based on the Company’s actual historical lifetime loan loss experience relative to economic and loan portfolio-specific factors at the time the losses occurred, management is able to identify the expected level of lifetime losses as of the date of measurement. The correlation of historical loss experience with current and forecasted economic conditions provides an estimate of lifetime losses that has not been previously factored into the general valuation allowance by the determination of specific reserves and lifetime historical losses. Additionally, the Company considers qualitative factors not easily quantified and the possibility of model imprecision. Utilizing the aggregation of specific reserves, historical loss experience and a qualitative component, management is able to determine the valuation allowance to reflect the full lifetime loss. The Company accounts for its acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets, including loans, and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. These fair value estimates associated with acquired loans, and based on a discounted cash flow model, include estimates related to market interest rates and undiscounted projections of future cash flows that incorporate expectations of prepayments and the amount and timing of principal, interest and other cash flows, as well as any shortfalls thereof. Non-PCD loans that were not deemed impaired subsequent to the acquisition date are considered non-impaired and are evaluated as part of the general valuation allowance. Non-PCD loans that have deteriorated to an impaired status subsequent to acquisition are evaluated for a specific reserve on a quarterly basis which, when identified, is added to the allowance for credit losses. The Company reviews impaired Non-PCD loans on a loan-by-loan basis and determines the specific reserve based on the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and one of three factors: expected future cash flows, observable market price or fair value of the collateral. Because essentially all of the Company’s impaired Non-PCD loans have been collateral-dependent, the amount of the specific reserve historically has been determined by comparing the fair value of the collateral securing the Non-PCD loan with the recorded investment in such loan. In the future, the Company will continue to analyze impaired Non-PCD loans on a loan-by-loan basis and may use an alternative measurement method to determine the specific reserve, as appropriate and in accordance with applicable accounting standards. PCD loans are individually monitored on a quarterly basis to assess for changes in expected cash flows subsequent to acquisition. If a deterioration in cash flows is identified, an increase to the specific reserve for that loan is made. PCD loans were recorded at their acquisition date fair values, which were based on expected cash flows and considers estimates of expected future credit losses. The Company’s estimates of loan fair values at the acquisition date may be adjusted for a period of up to one year as the Company continues to evaluate its estimate of expected 114 future cash flows at the acquisition date. If the Company determines that losses arose after the acquisition date, the additional losses will be reflected as a provision for credit losses. The following tables detail the activity in the allowance for credit losses on loans by category of loan for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans Agriculture and Agriculture Real Estate (includes Farmland) 1-4 Family (includes Home Equity) Commercial Real Estate (includes Multi- Family Residential) (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and Industrial Consumer and Other Total Allowance for credit losses on loans: Balance January 1, 2021 Provision for credit losses Charge-offs Recoveries Net charge-offs Balance December 31, 2021 $ $ Allowance for credit losses on loans: Beginning balance, prior to 44,892 13,729 — 276 276 58,897 $ $ 7,824 (206) (51) 192 141 7,759 $ $ 44,555 12,190 (129) 94 (35) 56,710 $ $ 87,857 5,424 (18,408) 132 (18,276) 75,005 $ $ 116,795 (27,330) (10,735) 1,682 (9,053) 80,412 $ $ 14,145 (3,807) (4,053) 1,312 (2,741) 7,597 $ $ 316,068 — (33,376) 3,688 (29,688) 286,380 adoption of ASU 2016-13 $ 14,654 $ 2,971 $ 15,277 $ 12,332 $ 40,445 $ 1,790 $ 87,469 Impact of adoption ASU 2016-13 Provision for credit losses Charge-offs Recoveries Net charge-offs Balance December 31, 2020 Allowance for credit losses on loans: Balance January 1, 2019 Provision for credit losses Charge-offs Recoveries Net charge-offs Balance December 31, 2019 $ $ $ 14,075 16,513 (654) 304 (350) 44,892 15,582 (933) (63) 68 5 14,654 $ $ $ 2,797 2,031 (62) 87 25 7,824 3,693 (1,694) (358) 1,330 972 2,971 $ $ $ 8,267 23,301 (2,674) 384 (2,290) 44,555 14,135 1,161 (47) 28 (19) 15,277 $ $ $ 48,990 27,756 (1,302) 81 (1,221) 87,857 11,220 1,363 (255) 4 (251) 12,332 $ $ $ 139,624 (38,667) (26,011) 1,404 (24,607) 116,795 40,223 1,106 (3,073) 2,189 (884) 40,445 $ $ $ 26,785 (10,934) (4,867) 1,371 (3,496) 14,145 1,587 3,297 (4,061) 967 (3,094) 1,790 $ $ $ 240,538 20,000 (35,570) 3,631 (31,939) 316,068 86,440 4,300 (7,857) 4,586 (3,271) 87,469 The allowance for credit losses on loans as of December 31, 2021 totaled $286.4 million or 1.54% of total loans, including acquired loans with discounts, a decrease of $29.7 million or 9.4% compared to the allowance for credit losses on loans totaling $316.1 million or 1.56% of total loans, including acquired loans with discounts, for December 31, 2020. Net charge-offs were $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2021 included $12.7 million related to resolved PCD loans and $10.8 million related to the partial charge-off of one commercial real estate loan obtained through acquisition. The PCD loans had specific reserves of $12.9 million, of which $9.9 million was allocated to the charge-offs and $3.0 million moved to the general reserve. Further, an additional $21.6 million of specific reserves on resolved PCD loans without any related charge- offs was released to the general reserve. Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans totaling $169.9 million as of December 31, 2021, are fully guaranteed by the SBA and do not carry an allowance. 115 Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures. The allowance for credit losses on off- balance sheet credit exposures estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which there is exposure to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, except when an obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance is adjusted by provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance, or by provision releases returned to earnings that decrease the allowance. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on the commitments expected to fund. The estimate of commitments expected to fund is affected by historical analysis of utilization rates. The expected credit loss rates applied to the commitments expected to fund are affected by the general valuation allowance utilized for outstanding balances with the same underlying assumptions and drivers. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $29.9 million in allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures is a separate line item on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $1.96 billion in commitments expected to fund. Troubled Debt Restructurings. The restructuring of a loan is considered a “troubled debt restructuring” if both (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and (2) the creditor has granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. Under ASC Topic 310-40 “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors,” the Company evaluates all loan modifications for identification as troubled debt restructurings. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $4.2 million and $11.3 million, respectively, in outstanding troubled debt restructurings. As of December 31, 2020, there have been no defaults on any loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings during the preceding twelve months. Default is determined at 90 or more days past due. The modifications generally relate to extending the amortization periods of the loans, which includes loans modified during bankruptcy. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not add any new troubled debt restructurings. There were no charge-offs related to restructured loans for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) and the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 (“CAA”), banks may deem that loan modifications do not result in troubled debt restructurings if they are (1) related to a novel strain of coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”); (2) executed on a loan that was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019; and (3) executed between March 1, 2020, and the earlier of (A) 60 days after the date of termination of the COVID-19 national emergency declaration by the President of the United States or (B) January 1, 2022. Additionally, other short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief are not troubled debt restructurings under ASC Subtopic 310-40 and federal banking agencies’ interagency guidance. These modifications include modifications such as principal and interest payment deferrals, temporary interest only payment terms, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented. The Company's troubled debt restructurings do not include loan modifications related to COVID-19. Beginning in mid-March of 2020, the Company began offering deferral and modification of principal and/or interest payments to selected borrowers on a case-by-case basis. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $29.5 million in outstanding loans subject to deferral and modification agreements. 6. FAIR VALUE The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Fair values represent the estimated price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability, otherwise known as an “exit price.” Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or- market accounting or write downs of individual assets. ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows: 116 Fair Value Hierarchy The Company groups financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are: • • • Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2—Other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities) or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The fair value disclosures below represent the Company’s estimates based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments. Fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the above methodologies and assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. The following tables present fair values for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Assets: Available for sale securities: Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total available for sale securities Derivative financial instruments: Interest rate lock commitments Forward mortgage-backed securities trades Loan customer counterparty Financial institution counterparty Liabilities: Derivative financial instruments: Interest rate lock commitments Forward mortgage-backed securities trades Loan customer counterparty Financial institution counterparty Level 1 December 31, 2021 Level 2 Level 3 (Dollars in thousands) Total — $ 485,671 $ — — 29,261 514,932 — $ 485,671 29,261 — 514,932 — — $ — — — — $ — — — 237 $ 18 4,124 — — $ 18 — 4,124 — $ — — — — $ — — — 237 18 4,124 — — 18 — 4,124 $ $ $ 117 Assets: Available for sale securities: Collateralized mortgage obligations Mortgage-backed securities Total available for sale securities Derivative financial instruments: Loan customer counterparty Financial institution counterparty Liabilities: Derivative financial instruments: Loan customer counterparty Financial institution counterparty Level 1 December 31, 2020 Level 2 Level 3 (Dollars in thousands) Total $ $ $ — $ 612,334 $ — 39,180 — 651,514 — $ 612,334 39,180 — 651,514 — — $ — 11,912 — $ — $ — 11,912 — — $ — — $ 11,912 — $ — — 11,912 Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). These instruments include other real estate owned, repossessed assets, held to maturity debt securities, loans held for sale, and impaired loans. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company had additions to other real estate owned of $6.7 million, of which $622 thousand were outstanding as of December 31, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company had additions to impaired loans of $22.5 million, of which $9.4 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2021. The remaining financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis that were recorded in 2021 and remained outstanding at December 31, 2021 were not significant. The following tables summarize the carrying values and estimated fair values of certain financial instruments not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis: Carrying Amount As of December 31, 2021 Level 1 Estimated Fair Value Level 3 Level 2 (Dollars in thousands) Total Assets Cash and due from banks Federal funds sold Held to maturity securities Loans held for sale Loans held for investment, net of allowance Loans held for investment - Warehouse Purchase Program Other real estate owned Liabilities Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Securities sold under repurchase agreements $ 2,547,739 $2,547,739 $ 241 12,303,969 7,274 16,546,791 1,775,699 622 241 — $ — — 12,251,213 7,274 — — — $ 2,547,739 — 241 — 12,251,213 7,274 — 16,650,432 — 16,650,432 — 1,775,699 622 — — 1,775,699 622 — $10,750,034 $ 20,021,728 448,099 — $10,750,034 $ — 20,023,909 448,095 — — $10,750,034 — 20,023,909 448,095 — 118 Assets Cash and due from banks Federal funds sold Held to maturity securities Loans held for sale Loans held for investment, net of allowance Loans held for investment - Warehouse Purchase Program Other real estate owned Liabilities Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Other borrowings Securities sold under repurchase agreements Carrying Amount As of December 31, 2020 Level 1 Estimated Fair Value Level 3 Level 2 (Dollars in thousands) Total $ 1,342,996 $1,342,996 $ 553 7,891,306 46,777 17,041,720 2,842,379 10,593 553 — $ — — 8,039,142 — 46,777 — — $ 1,342,996 — 553 — 8,039,142 46,777 — 17,118,745 — 17,118,745 — 2,842,379 10,593 — — 2,842,379 10,593 — $ 9,151,233 $ 18,209,259 — 389,583 — $ 9,151,233 $ — 18,227,623 — — 389,595 — — $ 9,151,233 — 18,227,623 — — 389,595 — Entities may choose to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value at specified election dates. The fair value measurement option (1) may be applied instrument by instrument, with certain exceptions, (2) is generally irrevocable and (3) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value measurement option has been elected must be reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. During the reported periods, the Company had no financial instruments measured at fair value under the fair value measurement option. The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the dates indicated. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein. The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value, non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value: Loans held for sale—Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Fair value for consumer mortgages held for sale is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices. As such, the Company classifies loans held for sale subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 2. Loans held for investment—The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. As such, valuation techniques discussed herein for loans are primarily for estimating fair value disclosures. The Company refined the calculation to estimate fair value for loans held for investment to be in accordance with ASU 2016-01. The refined discounted cash flow calculation to determine fair value considers internal and market-based information such as prepayment risk, cost of funds and liquidity. From time to time, the Company records nonrecurring fair value adjustments to impaired loans to reflect (1) partial write downs that are based on the observable market price or current appraised value of the collateral, or (2) the full charge-off of the loan carrying value. Where appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the credit risk associated with those cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows and discount rates are judgmentally determined using available market information and specific borrower information. The Company classifies the estimated fair value of loans held for investment as Level 3. 119 Other real estate owned—Other real estate owned is primarily foreclosed properties securing residential loans and commercial real estate. Foreclosed assets are adjusted to fair value less estimated costs to sell upon transfer of the loans to other real estate owned. Subsequently, these assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Other real estate carried at fair value based on an observable market price or a current appraised value is classified by the Company as Level 2. When management determines that the fair value of other real estate requires additional adjustments, either as a result of a non-current appraisal or when there is no observable market price, the Company classifies the other real estate as Level 3. The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management at December 31, 2021. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein. 7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment are summarized as follows: Land Buildings Furniture, fixtures and equipment Construction in progress Total Less accumulated depreciation Premises and equipment, net December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ 117,328 $ 117,213 246,545 91,185 6,671 461,614 (138,042) $ 319,799 $ 323,572 252,003 98,152 5,559 473,042 (153,243) Depreciation expense was $18.1 million, $18.2 million and $13.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 8. DEPOSITS Included in interest-bearing deposits are certificates of deposit in amounts of $250,000 or more. These certificates and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2021 were as follows (dollars in thousands): Three months or less Over three through six months Over six through 12 months Over 12 months Total $ 292,900 302,351 436,677 196,807 $ 1,228,735 23.8% 24.6 35.6 16.0 100.0% As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no deposits classified as brokered deposits for regulatory purposes, and there are no major concentrations of deposits with any one depositor. 120 9. OTHER BORROWINGS AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings consist of funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and securities sold under repurchase agreements. FHLB advances and long-term notes payable—The Company has an available line of credit with the FHLB of Dallas, which allows the Company to borrow on a collateralized basis. The Company’s FHLB advances are typically considered short-term borrowings and are used to manage liquidity as needed. Maturing advances are replaced by drawing on available cash, making additional borrowings or through increased customer deposits. At December 31, 2021, the Company had total funds of $13.59 billion available under this line. At December 31, 2021, the Company had no FHLB advances and long-term notes payable. Securities sold under repurchase agreements with Company customers—At December 31, 2021, the Company had $448.1 million in securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with $389.6 million at December 31, 2020, an increase of $58.5 million or 15.0%, with weighted average rates paid of 0.17% and 0.44% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Repurchase agreements are generally settled on the following business day; however, approximately $5.4 million of repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2021 have maturity dates ranging from 6 to 24 months. All securities sold under repurchase agreements are collateralized by certain pledged securities. Subordinated notes—On November 30, 2020, the Company redeemed the $125.0 million in subordinated notes assumed in the Merger. The redemption was funded by dividends from Prosperity Bank. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no subordinated notes outstanding. 10. INCOME TAXES The components of income tax expense are as follows: 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 Current Deferred Total $ 117,528 $ 22,829 91,314 $ 113,073 (26,417) 24,816 86,656 $ 140,357 $ 116,130 $ The provision for federal income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rate of 21% for 2021, 2020 and 2019 to income before income taxes as follows: Taxes calculated at statutory rate Increase (decrease) resulting from: Excess FMV on restricted stock vesting Certain compensation >$1 million Nondeductible compensation Tax-exempt interest Qualified School Construction Bond credit Nontaxable death benefits BOLI income State tax, net Other, net Net operating loss carryback 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ 138,527 $ 135,457 $ 2019 88,055 84 1,136 945 (1,961) (1,369) (192) (1,098) 2,399 1,886 — 52 615 873 (2,455) (1,453) (286) (1,208) 2,230 2,450 (20,145) (126) 628 357 (2,851) (1,534) (464) (1,140) 1,629 2,102 — 86,656 Total $ 140,357 $ 116,130 $ 121 Year-end deferred taxes are presented in the table below. Deferred taxes as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are based on the U.S. statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 21%. Deferred tax assets: Loan purchase discounts Allowance for credit losses Accrued liabilities Restricted stock CECL unfunded loans Deferred compensation Certificates of Deposit Net operating losses Securities Other Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Goodwill and core deposit intangibles Bank premises and equipment Securities Unrealized gain on available for sale securities Prepaid expenses Deferred loan fees and costs Investments in partnerships Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax assets December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2,726 $ 60,139 3,216 4,404 6,289 2,239 116 — 81 13 79,223 11,298 66,374 3,759 6,964 6,289 2,317 360 2 — 13 97,376 (36,998) (9,370) — (481) (1,500) (8,299) (1,377) (58,025) 21,198 $ (37,057) (9,968) (36) (204) (1,216) (3,211) (1,381) (53,073) 44,303 $ $ The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and estimates of future taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2021. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. The Company had no tax positions at December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020 that did not meet the more-likely-than not recognition threshold. ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a component of income before taxes. Penalties are recorded in other (gains) losses and interest paid or received is recorded in interest expense or interest income, respectively, in the consolidated statement of income. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company has not accrued any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has identified its federal tax return and its state tax returns in Texas, Oklahoma, Colorado, New Mexico and New York as “major” tax jurisdictions, as defined. The Bank has identified its state returns in Arkansas, Florida, Idaho and Georgia as “major” tax jurisdictions, as defined. The periods subject to examination for the Company’s federal return are the 122 2018 through 2021 tax years. The Company has assumed net operating loss carryforwards, “acquired NOLs”, through its previous acquisitions. The tax periods of the acquired entities from which these acquired NOLs originated are considered open years for purposes of adjusting the amount of the acquired NOLs used in the Company’s open years. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has fully utilized all acquired NOLs. The CARES Act. The CARES Act, which was enacted in March 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, permits a five-year carryback period for NOLs, which allowed the Company to generate an anticipated tax refund and income tax benefit resulting from the tax rate differential between the statutory tax rate of 21% in 2020 and the 35% statutory tax rate in prior years during the carryback period. Due to the NOL generated in 2019 by LegacyTexas, the Company recorded a current income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was used to offset taxable income generated between 2014 and 2017 that was taxed at 35%, resulting in a tax benefit of $20.1 million. The $20.1 million benefit is included in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income. This caused a reduction in the effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2020. As a result of the NOL carryback, there was a reduction in the Company’s deferred tax assets of $ 30.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. 11. STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAMS At December 31, 2021, the Company had two stock-based employee compensation plans with awards outstanding. The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based method of accounting. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $12.6 million, $12.6 million and $10.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There was approximately $1.4 million, $2.0 million and $1.7 million of income tax benefit recorded for the stock-based compensation expense for the same periods, respectively. On March 3, 2020, Bancshares’ Board of Directors established the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders on April 21, 2020. The 2020 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 2,500,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options or pursuant to the grant or exercise, as the case may be, of other awards granted under the 2020 Plan, including incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units. As of December 31, 2021, 15,576 shares of common stock have been issued pursuant to vested awards and 392,980 shares of unvested restricted stock have been granted under the 2020 Plan. On February 22, 2012, Bancshares’ Board of Directors adopted the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), which was approved by Bancshares’ shareholders on April 17, 2012. The 2012 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 1,250,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options granted under the 2012 Plan or pursuant to the grant or exercise, as the case may be, of other awards granted under the 2012 Plan, including restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards and performance awards. As of December 31, 2021, a total of 738,014 shares of common stock had been issued pursuant to vested awards and 104,611 shares of unvested restricted stock had been granted under the 2012 Plan prior to the adoption of the 2020 Plan by the Company’s shareholders. The Company does not plan to make any further awards pursuant to the 2012 Plan. Restricted Stock The Company has granted shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2012 Plan and 2020 Plan. These shares of restricted stock generally vest over a period of one to five years. The Company accounts for restricted stock grants by recording the fair value of the grant as compensation expense over the vesting period. Compensation expense related to restricted stock was $12.6 million, $12.6 million and $10.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 123 A summary of the status of nonvested shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 2021, and changes during the year then ended is as follows: Nonvested share awards outstanding, December 31, 2020 Share awards granted Unvested share awards forfeited Share awards vested Nonvested share awards outstanding, December 31, 2021 Number of Shares Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (Shares in thousands) 514 $ 399 (32) (383) 498 $ 71.88 70.59 70.77 72.72 70.64 The total fair value of restricted stock awards that fully vested during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $26.6 million. As of December 31, 2021, there was $20.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock- based compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.43 years. 12. OTHER NONINTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE Other noninterest income and expense totals are more fully detailed in the following tables. Any components of these totals exceeding 1% of the aggregate of total net interest income and total noninterest income for any of the years presented, as well as amounts the Company elected to present, are stated separately. 2021 Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 Other noninterest income Banking related service fees Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) Rental income Other Total Other noninterest expense Advertising Losses Printing and supplies Professional and legal fees Property taxes Travel and development Other Total $ $ $ $ 7,132 $ 5,228 1,399 14,528 28,287 $ 3,179 $ 3,066 2,563 9,515 9,257 5,243 12,865 45,688 $ 6,525 $ 5,754 1,348 15,161 28,788 $ 3,486 $ 3,251 3,075 9,034 9,343 5,317 17,171 50,677 $ 5,973 5,426 1,412 13,604 26,415 3,207 1,576 2,354 5,577 8,179 5,314 11,506 37,713 13. PROFIT SHARING PLAN The Company has adopted a profit sharing plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), whereby the participants may contribute a percentage of their compensation as permitted under the Code. Matching contributions are made at the discretion of the Company. Presently, the Company matches 50% of an employee’s contributions, up to 15% of such employee’s compensation, not to exceed the maximum allowable pursuant to the Code and excluding catch-up contributions. Such matching contributions were approximately $7.2 million, $7.4 million and $5.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 124 14. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company’s off-balance sheet transactions and leases as of December 31, 2021 are summarized below. Off-Balance Sheet Items In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions that, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit, unused capacity on Warehouse Purchase Program loans and commitments to extend credit expiring by period as of December 31, 2021 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit, unused capacity of Warehouse Purchase Program loans and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. Standby letters of credit Unused capacity on Warehouse Purchase Program loans Commitments to extend credit $ 95,022 $ 1,313,870 1,585,510 5,664 $ — 1,203,831 Total $ 2,994,402 $ 1,209,495 $ More than 1 year but less than 3 years 1 year or less 5 years or more 3 years or more but less than 5 years (Dollars in thousands) — $ 102,550 1,864 $ — 1,313,870 — 154,991 4,350,538 1,406,206 156,855 $ 1,406,206 $ 5,766,958 Total Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the payment by or performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements. Unused Capacity on Warehouse Purchase Program Loans. For Warehouse Purchase Program loans, the Company has established maximum purchase facility amounts, but reserves the right, at any time, to refuse to buy any mortgage loans offered for sale by each customer, for any reason. Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. At December 31, 2021, $486.0 million of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit have fixed rates ranging from 0% to 21.0%. The Company evaluates customer creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. 125 Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures. The Company records an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet lending-related commitments and guarantees on credit card debt through a charge to provision for credit losses on the Company’s consolidated statement of income. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, this allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet lending-related commitments and guarantees on credit card debt totaled $29.9 million. Leases The Company’s leases relate primarily to operating leases for office space and banking centers. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception. The Company’s leases have remaining lease terms of 1 to 17 years, which may include the option to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain for the Company to exercise that option. Operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company uses its incremental collateralized borrowing rate to determine the present value of lease payments. Short-term leases and leases with variable lease costs are immaterial and the Company has one sublease arrangement. Sublease income for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $3.1 million and $660 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities were approximately $49.4 million. ROU assets and lease liabilities were classified as other assets and other liabilities, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the weighted average remaining lease terms of the Company’s operating leases were 6.0 years. The weighted average discount rate used to determine the lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 for the Company’s operating leases was 2.16%. Cash paid for the Company’s operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $12.2 million and $14.3 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company obtained $1.5 million in ROU assets in exchange for lease liabilities for 6 operating leases. The Company’s future undiscounted cash payments associated with its operating leases as of December 31, 2021 are summarized below (dollars in thousands). 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total undiscounted lease payments $ 11,228 10,377 9,099 8,547 7,526 11,067 $ 57,844 It is expected that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other property or equipment. Rent expense under all operating lease obligations aggregated approximately $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Litigation—The Company and the Bank are defendants, from time to time, in legal actions arising from transactions conducted in the ordinary course of business. After consultations with legal counsel, the Company and the Bank believe that the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on their financial statements. 126 15. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Before Tax Amount 2021 Tax Expense Net of Tax Amount Other comprehensive income: Securities available for sale: Change in unrealized gain For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 Before Tax Amount Tax Expense (Dollars in thousands) Net of Tax Amount Before Tax Amount 2019 Tax Expense Net of Tax Amount during the period $ 1,316 $ (276) $ 1,040 $ 212 $ (45) $ 167 $ 370 $ (78) $ 292 Total securities available 1,316 Total other comprehensive income $ 1,316 for sale (276) 1,040 $ (276) $ 1,040 $ 212 212 $ (45) (45) $ 167 167 $ 370 370 $ (78) (78) $ 292 292 Activity in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, was as follows: Balance at January 1, 2021 Other comprehensive income Balance at December 31, 2021 Balance at January 1, 2020 Other comprehensive income Balance at December 31, 2020 Balance at January 1, 2019 Other comprehensive income Balance at December 31, 2019 Securities Available for Sale Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Dollars in thousands) $ $ $ $ $ $ 769 $ 1,040 1,809 $ 602 $ 167 769 $ 310 $ 292 602 $ 769 1,040 1,809 602 167 769 310 292 602 16. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following table provides the outstanding notional balances and fair values of outstanding derivative positions at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Interest rate lock commitments Forward mortgage-backed securities trades Commercial loan interest rate swaps and caps: $ 8,411 $ 22,250 Outstanding Notional Balance December 31, 2021 Asset Derivative Fair Value Outstanding Liability Notional Derivative Fair Value Balance (Dollars in thousands) — $ 18 — $ — 237 $ 18 December 31, 2020 Asset Derivative Fair Value Liability Derivative Fair Value — $ — — — Loan customer counterparty Financial institution counterparty 198,683 198,683 4,124 — — 224,684 224,684 4,124 11,912 — — 11,912 These financial instruments are not designated as hedging instruments and are used for asset and liability management and commercial customers’ financing needs. All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities. 127 Interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) - In the normal course of business, the Company enters into interest rate lock commitments with consumers to originate mortgage loans at a specified interest rate. These commitments, which contain fixed expiration dates, offer the borrower an interest rate guarantee provided the loan meets underwriting guidelines and closes within the timeframe established by the Company. Forward mortgage-backed securities trades - The Company manages the changes in fair value associated with changes in interest rates related to IRLCs by using forward sold commitments known as forward mortgage-backed securities trades. These instruments are typically entered into at the time the interest rate lock commitment is made. Interest rate swaps and caps - These derivative positions relate to transactions in which the Company enters into an interest rate swap or cap with a customer, while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap or cap with another financial institution. An interest rate swap transaction allows the Company’s customer to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. In connection with each swap, the Company agrees to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, the Company agrees to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount. In connection with each interest rate cap, the Company sells a cap to the customer and agree to pay interest if the underlying index exceeds the strike price defined in the cap agreement. Simultaneously the Company purchases a cap with matching terms from another financial institution that agrees to pay the Company if the underlying index exceeds the strike price. The commercial loan customer counterparty weighted average received and paid interest rates for interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented in the following table. Weighted-Average Interest Rate Loan customer counterparty December 31, 2021 Paid Received 2.64% 0.80% December 31, 2020 Paid Received 2.83% 0.79% The Company’s credit exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the net favorable value of all swaps by each counterparty, which was approximately $4.1 million and $11.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. This credit exposure is partly mitigated as transactions with customers are secured by the collateral, if any, securing the underlying transaction being hedged. The Company’s credit exposure, net of collateral pledged, relating to interest rate swaps with upstream financial institution counter-parties was zero at December 31, 2021. A credit support annex is in place and allows the Company to call collateral from upstream financial institution counter-parties. Collateral levels are monitored and adjusted on a regular basis for changes in interest rate swap values. The Company’s cash collateral pledged for interest rate swaps was $4.3 million and $13.8 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The initial and subsequent changes in the fair value of IRLCs and the forward sales of mortgage-backed securities are recorded in net gain on sale of mortgage loans. These gains and losses were not attributable to instrument-specific credit risk. For interest rate swaps and caps, because the Company acts as an intermediary for its customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts substantially offset each other and do not have a material impact on its results of operations. Income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was as follows: Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments Interest rate lock commitments Forward mortgage-backed securities trades Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ 237 181 $ (305) (2,398) $ (154) (1,210) 128 17. REGULATORY MATTERS The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under the capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines based on the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and the Bank’s classification under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about the components, risk weightings and other factors. The Basel III Capital Rules adopted by the federal regulatory authorities in 2013 substantially revised the risk- based capital requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions. Among other things, the Basel III Capital Rules introduced a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), which is a comparison of the sum of certain equity capital components to total risk-weighted assets, and revised the risk- weighting approach of the capital ratios with a more risk-sensitive approach that expanded the risk-weighting categories from the previous Basel I derived categories to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020 the joint federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule that allows banking organizations that implement CECL in 2020 to mitigate the effects of the CECL accounting standard in their regulatory capital for two years. This two-year delay is in addition to the three-year transition period that the agencies had already made available. The Company adopted the option provided by the interim final rule, which delayed the effects of CECL on its regulatory capital through 2021, after which the effects will be phased-in over a three-year period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024. Under the interim final rule, the amount of adjustments to regulatory capital deferred until the phase-in period include both the initial impact of the Company’s adoption of CECL at January 1, 2020 and 25% of subsequent changes in the Company’s allowance for credit losses during each quarter of the two-year period ending December 31, 2021. Beginning on January 1, 2022, the cumulative amount of the transition adjustments will be phased in over a three-year transition period, with 75% recognized in 2022, 50% recognized in 2023, and 25% recognized in 2024. To meet the capital adequacy requirements, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios of CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital to risk weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to adjusted quarterly average assets as defined in the regulations. As of December 31, 2021, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. Since being fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules require the Company to maintain a capital conservation buffer, composed entirely of CET1, of 2.5%, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (1) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of 7.0%, (2) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.5%, (3) total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of 10.5% and (4) Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets as reported on consolidated financial statements ( known as the “leverage ratio”) of 4.0%. The CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios are calculated by dividing the respective capital amounts by risk weighted assets. Risk weighted assets include total assets, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, allocated by risk weight category, and certain off-balance-sheet items. The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. As of December 31, 2021, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There have been no conditions or events since that notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s category. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum CET1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. 129 The following is a summary of the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2021 and 2020: Minimum Required For Capital Adequacy Purposes Actual Minimum Required Plus Capital Conservation Buffer To Be Categorized As Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio (Dollars in thousands) CONSOLIDATED: As of December 31, 2021 CET1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) $3,249,915 15.10% $ 968,788 1,291,718 1,722,290 1,351,272 3,249,915 15.10 3,325,703 15.45 3,249,915 9.62 7.00% 4.50% $1,507,004 1,829,933 6.00 8.50 2,260,506 10.50 8.00 4.00 1,351,272 4.00 As of December 31, 2020 CET1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) $2,945,102 13.74% $ 964,429 1,285,905 1,714,540 1,218,871 2,945,102 13.74 3,050,578 14.23 2,945,102 9.67 7.00% 4.50% $1,500,222 1,821,698 6.00 8.50 2,250,333 10.50 8.00 4.00 1,218,871 4.00 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A BANK ONLY: As of December 31, 2021 CET1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) $3,235,504 15.03% $ 968,411 1,291,215 1,721,620 1,350,820 3,235,504 15.03 3,311,292 15.39 3,235,504 9.58 7.00% $ 1,398,816 4.50% $1,506,418 1,721,620 1,829,222 6.00 8.50 2,152,025 2,259,627 10.50 8.00 1,688,525 4.00 1,350,820 4.00 As of December 31, 2020 CET1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) $2,923,345 13.64% $ 964,123 1,285,497 1,713,996 1,220,705 2,923,345 13.64 3,028,821 14.14 2,923,345 9.58 7.00% $ 1,392,622 4.50% $1,499,747 1,713,996 1,821,121 6.00 8.50 2,142,495 2,249,620 10.50 8.00 1,525,882 4.00 1,220,705 4.00 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 6.50% 8.00 10.00 5.00 6.50% 8.00 10.00 5.00 Dividends paid by Bancshares and the Bank are subject to restrictions by certain regulatory agencies. Dividends declared to be paid by Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $184.3 million, $173.8 million and $128.9 million, respectively. Dividends paid by the Bank to Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $229.1 million, $351.2 million and $551.7 million, respectively. 130 18. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. (Parent Company Only) CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS ASSETS Cash Investment in subsidiary Goodwill Other assets TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY LIABILITIES: Accrued interest payable and other liabilities Subordinated notes Total liabilities SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: Common stock Capital surplus Retained earnings Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax Total shareholders’ equity TOTAL December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 3,548 6,408,843 3,982 10,863 6,427,236 $ $ 7,246 6,104,929 3,982 14,512 6,130,669 — $ — — — — — 92,170 3,595,024 2,738,233 1,809 6,427,236 6,427,236 $ 92,571 3,634,140 2,403,189 769 6,130,669 6,130,669 $ $ $ $ 131 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. (Parent Company Only) CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 OPERATING INCOME: Dividends from subsidiary Other income Total income OPERATING EXPENSE: Subordinated notes and trust preferred interest expense Stock based compensation expense (includes restricted stock) Merger related expenses Other expenses Total operating expense INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFIT INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES NET INCOME $ $ 229,088 14 229,102 $ 351,213 22 351,235 551,730 31 551,761 — 12,572 — 1,993 14,565 214,537 1,886 5,498 12,607 — 1,495 19,600 331,635 7,202 1,075 10,606 5,234 2,113 19,028 532,733 2,856 216,423 338,837 535,589 302,874 519,297 $ 190,067 528,904 $ (203,037) 332,552 $ 132 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. (Parent Company Only) CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 Net income Other comprehensive income, before tax: Securities available for sale: $ 519,297 $ 528,904 $ 332,552 Change in unrealized gains during the period Total other comprehensive income Deferred tax expense related to other comprehensive income Other comprehensive income, net of tax Comprehensive income 1,316 1,316 (276) 1,040 520,337 $ 212 212 (45) 167 529,071 $ 370 370 (78) 292 332,844 $ 133 PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. (Parent Company Only) CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 $ 519,297 $ 528,904 $ 332,552 (302,874) (190,067) 203,037 12,572 3,649 — 232,644 — — — (52,089) (184,253) (236,342) 12,607 (1,667) (1,987) 347,790 — — (125,000) (115,161) (173,823) (413,984) 10,606 2,078 2,532 550,805 (240,439) (240,439) (15,613) (94,484) (128,900) (238,997) (3,698) 7,246 3,548 $ (66,194) 73,440 7,246 $ 71,369 2,071 73,440 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Stock based compensation expense (includes restricted stock) Decrease (increase) in other assets (Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Cash paid for acquisitions Net cash used in investing activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Redemption of junior subordinated debentures Repurchase of common stock Payments of cash dividends Net cash used in financing activities NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD $ 134 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above